EN PHYWE Catalogue Chemistry by PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co KG

ti on a

i at rn te In

School and University

Ou wi so yo sci sch rig

sics

istry

ogy

Sciences

Fu n n n n n

Physics tics Modern Physics · Thermodynamics · Mechanics · Optics

Chemistry Electrochemistry · Spectroscopy · Pysical Chemistry

Biology Ecology and Environment · Senses and Nerves · Microbiology

Applied Sciences

X-ray · Renewable Energy · Material Sciences · Medicine

excellence in science

110610_umschlag_export.indd 3

10.06.11 16:34

Service

Service from A to Z – our service, your satisfaction

Customer service before, during and after your purchase The PHYWE service does not end with the delivery of the equipment. With our after sales service, we offer you comprehensive support:

Individual Service for individual needs By choosing a PHYWE product you decide for a comprehensive service at the same time. We support you with our multi-level service concept. From planning through to installation and up to our extensive after sales service. Rely on our strengths: rugged and long-lasting products made in Germany, customized for your needs.

Customized information

Installation and setting-up

Stockage service / instruction

Training courses at PHYWE or on-site

Technical service

Repair service

1st response within 24 hours with tracking number P. +49 (0) 551 604-126 F. +49 (0) 551 604-106 service@phywe.de

excellence in science

110610_umschlag_export.indd 8

10.06.11 16:34

3 Chemistry

Chemistry 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.2 3.2.1 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5

Glass jacket system System components Gas laws Gas reactions Calorimetry Gas chromatography Steam distillation Complete experiments Chemistry / Biotechnology Experiments Electrochemistry Electrochemistry measuring set Ion migration Conductivity Electrolysis Galvanic cells, storage batteries, fuel cells

365 366 370 375 377 382 385 387 388 393 394 396 398 404 409

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 363

3 Chemistry

3.3.6 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5 3.4.6 3.4.7 3.4.8 3.4.9 3.4.10 3.4.11 3.4.12 3.4.13 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.6.4 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.8 3.8.1 3.8.2

Electrochemical potentials - electrochemical series - pH values Physical chemistry, material properties Structural analysis with X-ray Gases and gas laws Interfacial tension Viscosity Density and thermal expansion Melting point, boiling point, flash point Thermochemistry, calorimetry Electrical Properties Refractive index and rotation angle Stoichiometry Molar mass determination Diffusion and osmosis Reaction kinetics Special subjects Technical methods Plastics chemistry Food chemistry, Everyday chemistry Preparative chemistry Chemical synthesis Working with gases Extraction Distillation Photometry and spectroscopy Diode array spectrometer and spectral set Photometer and spectrometer Chromatography Paper chromatography, thin layer chromatography and column chromatography Gas chromatography

excellence in science 364

411 417 418 427 435 436 441 443 445 451 453 456 457 459 462 467 468 469 471 473 474 475 477 478 485 486 487 493 494 495

3 Chemistry 3.1 Glass jacket system

Glass jacket system 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6

System components Gas laws Gas reactions Calorimetry Gas chromatography Steam distillation

366 370 375 377 382 385

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 365

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.1 System components

The glass jacket system The glass jacket system consists of the glass jacket, special inserts and accessories. It was developed mainly for experimentation with gases and it can be used interdisciplinarily in chemistry, physics and biology classes. It is used for working out the gas laws, the determination of molar masses, the measuring of burning enthalpies etc. Benefits of the glass jacket system: • • • • • • • • • •

demonstrative und transparent multifunctional modular system, easy to mount didactical demonstrative ideal for working with gases manual with detailed instructions for experimentation uncomplicated, quick experimentation accurate results compact constructions, easy to transport keep it completely constructed clealry arranged keeping of individual units in a special foam mat

Glass jacket

Function and Applications Glass jacket, used as cooling or heating mantle. Benefits The cylinder is made of DURAN 50 ®, which gave him an extreme heat resistance, high thermal shock resistance, mechanical strength and excellent chemical resistance. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

cylindrical glasstube with screw closures for different inserts Length: 205 mm Outer diameter: 75 mm Connecting nut and gasket for flanging cylindrical inserts with an outer diameter of 36 mm watertight and airtight 1 Flange with ring nut

02615-00

Handbook Glass jacket system

01196-12

excellence in science 366

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.1 System components

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 367

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.1 System components

Gas syringe, 100 ml

Slow eudiometer

Function and Application For measuring and holding small amounts of gases or liquids. Equipment and technical data with ground inglass plunger , the cylinder has the scale on two sides., Content: 100 ml, Graduation: 1 ml Function and Applications 02614-00

Eudiometer, silent for the determination of volume ratios for continuous combustion of gas mixtures. Benefits

Plunger eudiometer

Glass cylinder with scale, as well as fixed and movable pistons, Ignition over a duration of sparks from a high voltage device, The gasmixtures are simply injected into the eudiometer using an injection syringe., The ignition of the gas mixture then occurs easily and safely with the aid of the ignition spark generator. , Equipment and technical data glass tube with graduation 0 to 60 ml, 1 movable piston, one fixed piston with gasinlet and 4 mm sockets., Total Length: 420 mm, Glass cylinder, length: 205 mm, outer diameter: 36 mm, Approach Pipe: Length: 55 mm, outer diameter: 8 mm 02612-00

Function and Applications

Gas separation column

The plunger eudiometer consists of aglass cylinder with movable plunger and is used to determine the ratio of volumes in explosive gas reactions. Benefits ▪ ▪

▪ ▪ ▪

Two 4-mmsockets connect the ignition spark generator. This device can be used to cause gas mixtures to react at room temperature, which lead to gaseous reaction products or in which residual quantities of the reaction gases remain in the cylinder (e.g. mixtures of air and hydrogen, of carbon monoxide and oxygen). The gasmixtures are simply injected into the eudiometer using an injection syringe. The ignition of the gas mixture then occurs easily and safely with the aid of the ignition spark generator. If the plunger eudiometer is assembled in the glass jacket, the ratio of volumes of gas reactions can also be investigated at temperatures other that room temperature, such as the reaction of a stochiometric mixture of hydrogen and oxygen at above 100°C.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

With scaling on one side; Scale: 0...20 ml, 1 ml divisions. Totallength: 350 mm Length of the glass cylinder: 205 mm Outer diameter of the glass cylinder: 36 mm Length of the connection tube: 55 mm. Outer diameter of the connection tube: 8 mm

02611-00

excellence in science 368

Function and Applications Enables a didactic gaschromatograph to be set up for low temperature ranges up to 100°C. Thegas separation column is suitable todemonstrate the principle of gaschromatography separations at roomtemperature (separating agent: Dinonylphthalate on kieselguhr; carrier gas:hydrogen or helium).By inserting the gas separation columnin the glass jacket, it can be temperedin the range between 10 and 100 °C.With the aid of a measuring probe, acontrol unit and an interface system (ora Yt-recorder) the composition of gas orliquid mixtures can be investigated andrecorded using a gas chromatograph.Technical data:. Total length of the insert: 310 mm. Length of the separation column(spiral shaped): approx. 1.3 m. Outer diameter of the glass cylinder:36 mm. Length of the connection tube: 55 mm. Outer diameter of the connection tube:8 mm 36670-00

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.1 System components

Calorimeter insert for glass jacket

Benefits ▪ ▪

A fine regulating valve allows exact adjustment of the combustion gas feed. The device can be set for any type of combustion gas.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications

Total length with pushed in combustion tube: 290 mm Length of the jacket tube : 170 mm Diameter of the jacket tube: 16 mm Diameter of the hose connection: o.d. = 8 mm

02613-00

Calorimeter insert for glassjacket. Benefits ▪ ▪

It can determine calorific values, heat of combustion and enthalpies of gaseous, liquid and solid substances. Combustion chamber with a circular cross section, rotating double helix as a heat exchanger

Insert w.ext.tube f.glass jack.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Total Length: 280 mm Combustion chamber length: 90 mm Outer combustion chamber: 36 mm Length of the approach pipe: 70 mm OD approach pipe: 8 mm

02615-01

Function and Applications Gas syringe made of glass with ground in glass plunger. It is used in conjuction with the glass jacket to develop the gas laws and to determine molar masses using the vapour density method. Benefits ▪

Calorimeter insert (02615-01) with cover (02615-02)

Used to build a water vapour distillator with only a heat source in conjunction with the device system glass mantle.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

With double-sided scaling; scale division: 0...100 ml, 1 ml division Length, total: 300 mm Glass cylinder: length 205 mm, diameter (outside): 36 mm Length of connection tube : 55 mm Outer diameter of the connection tube: 8 mm

02615-06 Calorimeter insert with mounted cover

Heating apparatus for glass jacket system

Calorimeter insert f.glass jacket 02615-01 Lid for calorimeter insert 02615-02

Combustion lance for gases Function and Applications Hot plate. For a uniform and hence material protecting heating of cylindrical bodies or devices made of metal, ceramic or glass. Equipment and technical data

Function and Applications The device is especially used for the soot-free combustion of gases in the glass jacket calorimeter. It consists of a jacket tube made of glass and a metal combustion tube that can be moved inside it. Both tubes have tube hose connections. The combustion gas is fed into the inner metal tube, the oxygen required for the soot-free combustion in the outer tube.

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

power requirement 500 W max. surface temperature 500°C mains supply: 230 V, 50...60 Hz dimensions (mm): 160 x 95 x 90 mm Items suitable for heating: minimum length: 130mm, diameter: 36...100 mm

Accessories Recommended accessorie to regulate the temperature: ▪

power controller (32288-93)

32246-93

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 369

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.2 Gas laws

Gas laws with the glass jacket system The glass jacket system offers a simple and reliable possibility to temper an air volume, which is enclosed in a gas syringe, inside a water- or oil bath. Volume, pressure and temperature can be changed and the relations between these dimensions can be worked out.

Gay-Lussac's law (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit)

Principle The state of a gas is determined by temperature, pressure and amount of substance. For the limiting case of ideal gases, these state variables are linked via the ideal gas law. For a change of state under isobaric conditions this equation converts Gay-Lussac's first law. Tasks 1. 2.

Experimentally investigate the validity of Gay-Lussac's law for a constant amount of gas (air). Calculate the universal gas constant and the thermal coefficient of expansion from the relationship obtained.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Pressure Temperature Volume Coefficient of thermal expansion Ideal gas law Universal gas constant Gay-Lussac's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3011111

excellence in science 370

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.2 Gas laws

Charles's (Amontons') law (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit)

Principle The state of a gas is determined by temperature, pressure and amount of substance. For the limiting case of ideal gases, these state variables are linked via the ideal gas law. For a change of state under isochoric conditions this equation becomes Amontons' law. Tasks 1. 2.

Experimentally investigate whether Amontons' law is valid for a constant amount of gas (air) From the resulting relationship calculate the universal gas constant and thermal coefficient of tension.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Pressure Temperature Volume Thermal tension coefficient Ideal gas law Universal gas constant Charles's (Amontons') law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3011211

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 371

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.2 Gas laws

Boyle-Mariotte law (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit)

Principle The state of a gas is determined by temperature, pressure and amount of substance. For the limiting case of ideal gases, these state variables are linked via the ideal gas law. In the case of isothermal process control this equation converts Boyle and Mariotte'slaw. Tasks 1. 2.

Experimentally investigate the validity of Boyle and Mariotte's law for a constant amount of gas (air). From the resulting relationship calculate the universal gas constant.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Pressure Temperature Volume Cubic compressibility coefficient Ideal gas law Universal gas constant Boyle and Mariotte's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3011311

excellence in science 372

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.2 Gas laws

Gay-Lussac's law

The Boyle-Mariotte law

Principle Gay-Lussac's law describes the relationship between the volume and temperature of a fixed quantity of gas at constant pressure. The glass syringe enclosed in the glass jacket is used to capture about 50 ml of gas and fitted with a rubber stopper. Then the heating bath fluid in the glass jacket is gradually warmed up with the heating apparatus and the temperature and volume of the expanding gas are recorded at short intervals. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1222900

Determination of molar masses with the vapour density method

Principle Boyle's law describes the relationship between the pressure and the volume of a fixed quantity of gas at constant temperature. A glass syringe enclosed in a glass jacket is used to capture about 50 ml of gas. A pressure meter is connected to the tip of the gas syringe in order to measure the pressure inside. The plunger of the gas syringe is pushed in or retracted from the syringe, and the volume and pressure of the gas are recorded in each case. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1223100

Determination of molar masses with the vapour density method

Principle The molar mass of a liquid is determined by injecting a small amount of it into a heated gas syringe. The liquid evaporates and the gas generated drives the plunger out of the syringe. The volume of the gas is then recorded at constant temperature and constant pressure according to the scale on the glass syringe. From the measured values of the pressure, temperature, volume and mass of the fluid evaporated, the molar mass is obtained using the following equation: M = (m 路R 路 T) / (p 路 V) The advantage of the set-up shown is that it enables a large number of measurements to be made in a short period of time. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1223301

Principle The determination of molar masses via the evaporation of small quantities of liquid in a gas syringe can also be performed very conveniently on the comprehensive chemistry/ biotechnology experiments panel. To display the temperature measured during the demonstration, a portable digital meter is connected to the Cobra3 display unit. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1308800

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 373

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.2 Gas laws

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Gas laws

Glass jacket Gas syringe Heater Tripod material Small hardware items CD with literature

Not included are measuring instruments as thermometers or manometers. Accessories Data acquisition set with Cobra3 Basic unit for recording the measured data by means of a PC. Set gas laws with glass jacket, 230 V 43003-88 Cobra3 Data acquisition set for set gas laws 43003-30 Software Cobra3 - gas laws 14516-61

Principle The experiments for deriving the three gas laws with the glass jacket system can also be performed very conveniently on the comprehensive chemistry/biotechnology experiments panel. To display the temperature and pressure measured during the demonstration, two portable digital meters are connected to the Cobra3 display unit.

Set Gas laws with glass jacket system and Cobra4

Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1310300

Charles's (Amontons') law - variant B P1364300 Function and Applications Complete device compilation for a comfortable way to derive the ideal gas laws experimentally with help of the Cobra4 Senor-Unit Thermodynamics and the glass jacket system. Equipment and technical data The set consists of: ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications With this set, experiments on the following topics can be carried out: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Gas law of Boyle-Mariotte Gas law of Gay-Lussac Gas law of Amonton (Charles) Determination of molar masses according to the vapor density method

Benefits This set allows to execute the measurements in a didactical clear and easy understandable way: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

clear set-up easy to understand completely mercury-free quickly to execute short preparation time

Equipment and technical data It will be delivered complete with tripod material and all necessary small hardware items:

excellence in science 374

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

1 Cobra4 Wireless Manager. 1 Cobra4 Wireless-Link. 1 Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics, pressure absolute 2 bar and 2 x temperature. 1 Software measure Cobra4, single user and school licence. 1 Glass jacket. 1 Gas syringe 100 ml. 1 Heater for Glass jacket. 1 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, -50...1000°C. All necessary support materials and all the other small hardware items to be able to carry out the measurements for the gas laws.

43020-00

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.3 Gas reactions

Gas reactions with the glas jacket system The "glass jacket system" offers a simple and reliable possibility to bring gases to a reaction with each other and to determine the volumes of the source material as well as the volumes of the products. The reactions can be implemented at different temperatures and hence they allow the experimental derivation of essencial contexts about the stoichiometry of the reactions. Thus the scholars can be given an imagination about the particle character of the material in a descriptive way.

Law of integer ratio of volumes

Principle According to Gay-Lussac's law of chemical volumes, gases react in volume ratios which are whole numbers. These values can be volumetrically determined. Tasks Determine the volume ratio for the conversion of hydrogen and oxygen to water experimentally by burning gas mixtures of different compositions and measuring the resulting gas volume. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Law of constant proportions Avogadro's law Gay-Lussac's law of chemical volumes General equation of state for ideal gases Gay-Lussac's first law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3031401

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 375

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.3 Gas reactions

Gay-Lussac's law of volumes

Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1223651

The empirical formula of methane, ethane and propane Principle Gay-Lussac's law of volumes states that gases always react with one another in certain fixed ratios of their volume. This experiment mixes hydrogen and oxygen in the plunger eudiometer in different ratios where the mixtures react explosively. All of these gas mixtures can be ignited within a very short period of time, demonstrating that hydrogen and oxygen always react with one another in a volumetric ratio of 2 to 1. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1223551

Avogadro's law

Principle A quiescent eudiometer is inserted into the glass jacket and the glass jacket is filled with cold water. Gas mixtures composed of hydrocarbons and oxygen are injected into the eudiometer and burn there continuously at the constant sparking of the ignition spark gap. The water formed by the reaction condenses on the cool walls of the eudiometer. For this reason, the volume between the moving plunger and the fixed plunger with the ignition system after combustion is smaller than the volume of the gas mixture originally injected. In a second part of the experiment, the eudiometer in the glass jacket is heated up to over 100째C. The water formed during combustion can no longer condense on the hot eudiometer walls. In most cases, even after conversion to standard conditions, the volume recorded then is greater than the volume of the gas that was injected. The easiest way to convert the volumes to standard conditions is with a nomogram. The measurement data obtained in this way can be used to derive the empirical formulas of gaseous hydrocarbons experimentally. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1223751

Principle In 1811, based on the similar behaviour of (ideal) gases when subjected to temperature and pressure increases (see gas laws) and on Gay-Lussac's law of volumes, Avogadro formulated the hypothesis that under the same pressure and temperature conditions, identical volumes must contain the same number of gas particles (molecules, atoms). If that conjecture by Avogadro is correct, then a quantity of gas composed of six parts by volume of CO and three parts by volume of O2 will react to form six parts by volume of CO2 if the pressure and temperature before the reaction are the same as the pressure and temperature after the reaction. When heated up to a little over 100째C, a gas mixture composed of six parts by volume of H2 and three parts by volume of O2 must also form six parts by volume of water vapour, and a mixture composed of five parts by volume of H2 and five parts by volume of Cl2 must form ten parts by volume of hydrogen chloride gas. The correctness of this hypothesis is examined experimentally based on the reactions mentioned.

excellence in science 376

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.4 Calorimetry

Calorimetry with the glass jacket system The glass jacket system offers a simple and reliable possibility to measure caloric values, combustion heat, heat of formation and reaction enthalpies of solid, liquid and gaseous materials. Therefore a special calorimeter insert is placed inside the glass jacket, which turns the glass jacket into a calorimeter. The experimental determination of the energy which is released during a chemical reaction makes it possible to realize that this energy release is a driving force in chemical processes. A quantitive determination of the reaction enthalpies can contribute to the understanding of reaction processes very much.

Determination of the heat of formation of water

Principle Standard molar enthalpies of formation ΔBHΦ are important compiled thermodynamics tabulation quantities for calculating standard enthalpies of reaction for any arbitrary reaction. They are defined as the heat of reaction occurring in the direct formation of one mole of the pertinent pure substance from the stable pure elements at constant pressure. For spontaneous and quantitative formation reactions, e.g. the conversion of hydrogen and oxygen to water, standard enthalpies of formation can be measured directly using calorimetry. Tasks 1.

Determine the enthalpy of formation of water by burning 100 ml H2 in a closed glass jacket calorimeter.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

First law of thermodynamics Thermochemistry Calorimetry Enthalpy of formation Enthalpy of reaction

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3021501

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 377

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.4 Calorimetry

Determination of the heat of formation for CO2 and CO (Hess's law)

Principle The standard molar enthalpies of formation ΔBHΦ are important compiled thermodynamic tabulation quantities for calculating standard enthalpies of reaction for any arbitrary reaction. They are defined as the heat of reaction occurring in the direct formation of one mole of the pertinet pure substance from the stable pure elements at constant pressure. For spontaneous and quantitative formation reactions, e.g. the conversion of carbon and oxygen to CO2, standard enthalpies of formation can be measured directly using calorimetry. Alternativly, the can be calculated from known entahlpies of reaction using Hess's law. Tasks Determine the enthalpies of reaction for the combustion of 1. 2.

carbon and carbon monoxide calometrically.

Use the experimentally determined enthalpies and Hess's law to calculate the enthalpies of formation of CO and CO2. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

First law of thermodynamics Thermochemistry Calorimetry Enthalpy of formation Enthalpy of reaction Hess's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3021601

excellence in science 378

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.4 Calorimetry

Determination of the heating value of fuel oil and of the calorific value of olive oil

Principle The heat of reaction generated during the complete combustion of 1000g of solid or liquid fuel is known as the calorific value H. In the case of complete combustion of nutritional fats, the gross calorific value can also be determined. In order to ensure complete combustion, the reaction takes place under oxygen. The heat generated during the combustion of a specific amount of fuel is absorbed by a glass jacket calorimeter of known heat capacity. The calorific value of the test substance can be calculated from the temperature increase in the calorimeter. Tasks Determine the calorific value of heating oil and the gross calorific value of olive oil. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Heat of reaction Heat of combustion Enthalpy of combustion First law of thermodynamics

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3021701

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 379

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.4 Calorimetry

Determination of the heating values of solid and gaseous fuels in a horizontal calorimeter

Determination of enthalpies of combustion

Principle In order to determine the heating capacities of commercially available solid fuels (coal, coke, lignite, peat, wood etc), pieces weighing 0.5 to 1 g are used. Wood and peat have to be air-dried, and coal and lignite have to be stored under dry conditions. In order to determine the calorific values of solid foodstuffs (bread, meat, cooked egg white, etc), samples of the respective "dry matter" weighing 0.5 to 1 g are used. To determine the heating values of gases (natural gas, ethane, propane, butane, etc), it takes 500 ml of that gas, which is stored in a gasometer. The substances to be analysed are burned in stream of oxygen with some excess oxygen in order to ensure complete combustion. Solid materials are placed in the combustion chamber of the calorimeter insert on a thermally insulated base and ignited by means of an ignition source (combustion lance with butane cartridge). The oxygen is supplied via a combustion lance. To burn the gases, the combustion lance is inserted deep into the combustion chamber of the calorimeter insert. The heating values and calorific values can be calculated from the amount of the substance burned and the amount of heat, which is released in the reaction and measured with the calorimeter. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1224051

Determination of the calorific value of food stuffs P1224100

excellence in science 380

Principle To determine the enthalpy of combustion of high-boiling-point, low-flammability liquids such as olive oil, they are burned in a pure oxygen atmosphere. The substances to be burned are placed in a small glass container, which is placed into the vertically arranged combustion lance, through which the oxygen is fed into the apparatus. The combustion lance is inserted into the hole of a rubber stopper, which is then positioned in such a way that the calorimeter vessel is tightly sealed at the bottom. This forces the hot combustion gases to flow through the calorimeter insert, thereby transferring their thermal energy to the calorimeter before they leave the apparatus through the opening at the top. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1309000

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.4 Calorimetry

Determination of the heating values of liquids in a vertical calorimeter

Principle In general, the combustion of liquids in calorimeters is particularly problematic, because the conditions required for perfect, complete and safe combustion processes are different for practically every liquid. The vertical calorimeter setup used here avoids these difficulties in a simple manner. For burning liquids, a small, easy-tohandle spirit burner with an adjustable wick is used, which makes it possible to burn a variety of liquids (such as alcohols, heating oils, diesel fuel, paraffin, etc). Only highly viscous fluids cannot be burned in this way. The gases formed during combustion are drawn into the calorimeter insert by means of a water jet pump. In this way, nearly all of the heat energy released during the experiment is delivered to the calorimeter, thereby making it possible to determine the heating capacity of the fluid burned. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1224251

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 381

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.5 Gas chromatography

Gas chromatography The glass jacket system offers the possibility to construct a gas-phase chromatograph, which combines clearness with a good separating capacity in the lower temperature range up to 100째C in one device. So with this it is very simple to demonstrate this modern analysis method in class.

Fractional distillation with the bubble tray column (with the Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

Principle In countercurrent distillation (rectification) using a column, the rising vapour can enter into interactions with the condensate. In this manner, a fractional distillation, i.e. a distillation in several steps for the separation of substances with similar boiling points, can be performed in a single apparatus. If bubble tray columns are used condensate can be removed from the individual bubble trays. Tasks Investigate the mode of operation of a fractionating tower on a two-stage bubble tray column. Distil a mixture of three n-alcanes first with total reflux and then without any reflux. Subsequently, examine and compare the initial mixture, the sump product, the head products and the condensates of both trays gas chromatographically. What you can learn about Bubble tray column, Rectification, Continuous and discontinuous distillation, Vapour pressure, Vaporisation, Condensation, Raoult's law, Gas chromatography Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3031640

excellence in science 382

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.5 Gas chromatography

Chromatographic separation processes: gas chromatography (with the Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

Principle Chromatographic procedures allow a separation of substance mixtures with the aid of a stationary separation phase and a mobile phase. In gas chromatography the mobile phase is a gas. The mobile phase, to which the mixture to be separated is added, transports the substance mixture through the separation column at a constant flow rate. Interactions occur between the mobile phase and the stationary phase. The establishment of equilibria between the stationary phase and the different substances (distribution equilibria, adsorption-desorption equilibria) results in different migration rates of the individual components. At the end of the column there is a detector in the form of a thermal conductivity cell, which can detect the different substances on the basis of their differing thermal conductivities. The detector signal is recorded as a funtion of time. The different thermal conductivities of the carrier gas and the substance cause temperature alterations in the electrically heated temperature sensor, which is located in a Wheatstone bridge circuit. The resulting electrical signal is recorded by a plotter as a function of time (chromatogram). Tasks 1. 2.

Determine the retention times of different gases and perform a chromatographic material separation of a mixture of butane gases. Separate and identify the components of a two-component mixture consisting of ethanol and ethyl acetate chromatographically.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Chromatography Chromatogram Multiplicative distribution Nernst's law of distribution (number of theoretical trays) Thermal conductivity detector

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3031740

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 383

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.5 Gas chromatography

Gas chromatography

Control unit gas chromatograph

Function and Applications For voltage supply and for equalisation of the measure probe for gaschromatograph. Eqipment and technical data ▪ Principle This educationally vivid complete experimental set-up of a gas chromatograph makes it possible to separate substances which are highly volatile at up to 100°C. A butane mixture is a suitable choice here, for example. System components include such elements as the carrier gas supply, flow measurement, separation column with stationary phase, temperature control system, thermal conductivity detector and recorder. All of the components of this open system are easily recognised, enabling a clear explanation of the operating principle. To display the signal measured, the Cobra3 Chem unit is used with this set-up. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1311000

excellence in science 384

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Zero balance: Push button for rough balance, potentiometer for fine balance Input: BNC sockets for probe Output: 4-mm sockets for displaydevice (e.g. interface) Dimensions (mm): 225 × 113 × 125 Voltage supply: 110...230 V AC

Control unit gas chromatograph 36670-99 Mesure probe for gas chromatograph, BNC contact 36670-10

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.6 Steam distillation

Steam distillation Steam distillation is a special distillation technique that is used for the isolation and cleaning of materials, which barely or not at all solubilize in water, but are volatile in connection with steam. This allows a gentle distillation of high boiling materials already at lows temperatures. This method was used in the past and is partly still used today for the production of medicine and odorous substances out of plants. The so gained materials (essential oils, alkaloids etc.) are usually easy to separate in a separatory funnel after the distillation.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 385

3.1 Glass jacket system 3.1.6 Steam distillation

Steam distillation

Principle An elegant and simple apparatus for carrying out water vapour distillations: the advantage of this arrangement is that it eliminates the need for a separate vapour generator, making it possible to operate with a single heat source (other set-ups require two). The vapour is generated in the outer chamber and then passes through the inner chamber. Due to the structural arrangement, the inner chamber is heated directly by the vapour generated in the outer chamber. This also eliminates the possibility of overheating the substances being extracted. Parts of plants suitable for the extraction of essential oils include orange peel and cloves, for example. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1224551

excellence in science 386

Principle The experiment on steam distillation with the glass jacket system can also be set up conveniently as a complete experiment on the comprehensive experiment panel. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1311500

3 Chemistry 3.2 Complete experiments Chemistry / Biotechnology

Complete experiments Chemistry / Biotechnology 3.2.1

Experiments

388

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 387

3.2 Complete experiments Chemistry / Biotechnology 3.2.1 Experiments

Complete Experiments Chemistry/ Biotechnology - pull out, connect, ready! The system "Complete Experiments Chemistry/ Biotechnology" allows the construction and implementation of experiments in the areas of chemistry and biotechnology with a minimum of preparation time and a maximum of comfort. The experiments can be prepared very simply on a panel in a way that makes them ready for use immediatly. So several experiments can be prepared completely. The overall system offers you the following advantages: The experiments can be stored constructed and are available with one simple move. Very good visibility of the experiment in front of the dark background of the panel. Quick mounting and dismountingof the devices for cleaning or remodelling through tool holders. Clear relation of functions. All compontents on one level. Demonstrative display of temperatures etc. easy to use at need.

The system The following section illustrates the basic collection of devices as well as exemplarily several complete experiments in the area of chemistry. You will find a complete overview of all available materials in the chapter Basic Devices at Stand Material. Additional experiments are located in the chapter Biology at Biotechnology.

excellence in science 388

3.2 Complete experiments Chemistry / Biotechnology 3.2.1 Experiments

Steam distillation

makes it easy for observers to recognise and understand the experiment set-up. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1308600

Model experiment on the desulphurisation of flue gas Principle

German coal contains an average of one tonne of sulphur per 100 tonnes of coal. During combustion, this generates in about two tonnes of sulphur dioxide. Thus, a large 700-megawatt power plant which burns about 200 tonnes of coal per hour produces about 100 tonnes of sulphur dioxide per day. These days of course, such a large quantity of a pollutant can no longer be simply released into the air, therefore these flue gases have to be desulphurised. This model experiment provides a simple demonstration of the chemical processes of flue gas desulphurisation as it is carried out in power plants today. The clear, compact setup and the simplifications undertaken relative to industrial scale desulphurisation make it easy to understand the process. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1310000

Model experiment on the fractional distillation of petroleum

Molten-salt electrolysis

Principle The electrolysis of molten sodium chloride to obtain chlorine and sodium, which can be further processed to produce sodium hydroxide, is an important industrial-scale process. The experiment depicted here can be used for a simple demonstration of the important steps in this process. Due to the high melting point of so-

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 389

3.2 Complete experiments Chemistry / Biotechnology 3.2.1 Experiments

dium chloride, however, lower-melting lead chloride is used as the raw material in the model experiment. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English

Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1310300

P1310500

Faraday's laws Bacteria and mining - microbial extraction of ore by Thiobacillus ferrooxidians and thiooxidans Principle Scientists first recognised importance of certain bacteria for the extraction of metals from ore in the 1950s. Nowadays the microbial ore leaching with so-called 'lean ores' represents more than 10% of the total production of copper in the USA alone. The bioreactor shown here can be used to clearly demonstrate to the students this method of extraction (e.g. copper from copper ore) using such bacteria (Thiobacillus ferrooxidans). Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English

Principle Passing an electric current through a solution can cause chemical reactions. Here the current is the driving force of the redox reactions that occur. If ions are added to water to make it conductive and that water is then electrolysed, hydrogen collects at the cathode and oxygen collects at the anode. If these two gases are collected separately, such as with a Hofmann voltameter, the reaction can be followed quantitatively, making it possible to derive two laws ascribed to Faraday. Faraday's first law states that the mass of a material separated by electrolysis is proportional to the quantity of electricity which flowed through the solution. The second law states that the electrochemical equivalents are proportional to their equivalent masses (molar mass divided by valency). The experimental setup depicted here can be used to clearly derive the two laws experimentally.

P1313900

Gas laws

Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1309500 Principle The experiments for deriving the three gas laws with the glass jacket system can also be performed very conveniently on the comprehensive chemistry/biotechnology experiments panel. To display the temperature and pressure measured during the demonstration, two portable digital meters are connected to the Cobra3 display unit.

excellence in science 390

3.2 Complete experiments Chemistry / Biotechnology 3.2.1 Experiments

Microbial synthesis of ethanol by Zymomonas mobilis subsp. mobilis

PEM fuel cell

Principle

Principle The properties of the micro-organism Zymomonas mobilis have been used in the production of alcohol for centuries. Nevertheless, the bacterium in palm wine and pulque, the fermented juice of the agave plant, was not identified and recognised as being responsible for their alcoholic fermentation until the twentieth century. Zymomonas was found to synthesize ethanol much more effectively than yeast does. In this experiment, Zymomonas mobilis is grown in a bioreactor. The medium is blended by means of a magnetic stirrer and its temperature is controlled by means of a heating coil and a water bath with thermostats. The discharge of used medium and the supply of fresh medium can be dispensed with. This is a so-called 'static culture' (batch culture). The cell density can first be determined photometrically in the samples taken and the cell count can be determined in the counting chamber, and those data can be used to generate a growth curve. Chemical and enzymatic tests show the consumption of glucose and the production of ethanol. The experiment is easy to perform. It does not take long to prepare. The evaluation of the test results is very conclusive and clearly illustrates the methods of biotechnology.

PEM (proton exchange membrane) technology refers to the type of fuel cell favoured by car makers and companies that build combined heat and power plants. The demonstration set-up depicted here produces hydrogen using the classic method by reacting hydrochloric acid with zinc in a gas generator and passing it through distilled water for purification. In the PEM fuel cell, it is then reacted with oxygen (from the air) to produce water and electrical energy directly. That electrical energy produced from the fuel cell is used to drive a small motor. The advantage of the set-up shown here is that neither an external power supply (electrolysis) nor a compressed gas cylinder is required in order to generate the hydrogen. It is possible to produce just as much hydrogen as needed at any time without a great deal of effort. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1312000

Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1313700

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 391

3.2 Complete experiments Chemistry / Biotechnology 3.2.1 Experiments

Chemical fountain Principle Some gases such as hydrogen chloride dissolve readily in water. For example, 1 litre of water at 20째C can dissolve approximately 443 litres of hydrogen chloride. For example, vacuum builds up quickly in a closed flask when the gas comes in contact with water, because the gas dissolves in the water and additional water is drawn into the flask. This is the basis of how the chemical fountain works - an exciting way to demonstrate the solubility of gases in water. In the variant depicted here, the hydrogen chloride is generated, fills the flask of the fountain and causes the fountain to fizz - all in a single apparatus. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1310100

Determination of the molar masses of metals Principle A piece of metal is weighed and placed in the insert of the reaction cylinder, whereafter an acid is added to the cylinder through the three-way valve until it is about half full. The metal is made to react with the acid by lowering the insert. The gas syringe connected to the reaction cylinder is used to collect the hydrogen which is generated. The mass of the metal and the volume of the hydrogen generated are used to calculate the desired molar mass. The reaction can also be used to determine the valency of the metal. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1309400

Complete Experiments, Device sets Complete experiments ,basic set 45560-00 Complete experiments, comfort set 45561-00 Complete experiments, holder set 45562-00

Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology

01855-02

excellence in science 392

3 Chemistry 3.3 Electrochemistry

Electrochemistry 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6

Electrochemistry measuring set Ion migration Conductivity Electrolysis Galvanic cells, storage batteries, fuel cells Electrochemical potentials - electrochemical series - pH values

394 396 398 404 409 411

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 393

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.1 Electrochemistry measuring set

Scholar working environment system for Electrochemistry A very well-priced scholar group equipment for working out the electrochemical basics. Allows dealing with the subject matter in a practical course of about 8 to 10 hours. All devices and materials are clearly arranged in a deep-drawn tray (external diemensions: 410 mm x 310 mm). Missing devices or consumable material are hence quick and easy to add. Very cheap and thin metal sheets and foils from the chemical supply are being used; those are easy to cut with the included scissors. If one uses the cover for the electrochemistry measuring station, several of the sets can be stored clearly arranged in a closet.

TESS Electrochemical measurement set

Function and applications Material to equip school groups for deriving electrochemical fundamentals in an 8-10 hour practical session. All the equipment is contained on a tray with clearly organised compartments. Equipment and technical data The electrochemical measuring set for students contains the following: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Storage tray 11935-00 Digital multimeter 07134-00 Connecting lead, 2-mm plug, 500 mm long (red 07356-01, blue 07356-04) Connecting lead, 2-mm plug, 250 mm long (red 07355-01, blue 07355-04) Adapter plug, 4 mm-2 mm (2x) 11620-27 Crocodile clip, insulated, 2-mm socket (3x) 07275-00 Measuring cell block 37682-00 Measuring cell covers, set of eight 37683-00 Platinum electrode, short 45207-00 Glass beaker, 50 ml, tall (6x) 36001-00 Drip canister, 50 ml, plastic 33920-00 Wide-necked bottle, 50 ml, plastic 33912-00 Pipette with rubber cap 64701-00 Motor, 2 V, with disc and marking point 11031-00 Scissors, round/end, straight, l = 110 mm 64616-00 Electrochemical measuring set handbook 01194-01

All the equipment in the set is available individually as well, so that the collection can be customised the way you want at any time. Accessories Recommended accessories: ▪

Cover for electrochemical measuring set 11935-10

Required accessories: Consumable material for making electrodes and salt bridges not included in the set. This material only needs to be obtained once and will suffice even for a large number of students. ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Zinc plate, 250 x 250 x 0.5 mm 30245-20 Roll of copper sheet, 100 mm wide, 0.1 mm thick, 100 g 30117-10 Silver plate, 150 x 150 x 0.1 mm 31839-04 Roll of lead sheet, 0.4 mm thick, 250 g 31116-25 Strips of aluminium sheet, 1 x 20 x 200 mm, set of 5 31074-00 Strips of sheet iron, 0.2 x 10 x 80 mm, set of 20 06532-00 Graphite electrodes, set of 6, d = 5 mm, l = 150 mm 08152-00 Emery cloth, 158 x 224 mm, set of 2 01606-00 Filter paper, 580 x 580 mm, set of 10 32976-03

Power supply: For experiments requiring a source of power, the following items are among those that could be used: ▪ ▪

Flat battery, 4.5 V 07496-01 Power supply such as the 0..12-V/2-A regulated power supply 13505-93

30505-88

excellence in science 394

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.1 Electrochemistry measuring set

Electrochemical measurement set 30506-88 Storage tray for electro-chemist. 11935-00 Cover for electrochemistry set 11935-10 Block with 8 holes, d = 40 mm 37682-00 Coverage f.cell-meas.bloc,8 piec. 37683-00 Electrode platinum,short 45207-00 Handbook electrochem.measurem.set 01194-02

Power supply, universal

Function and Applications Versatile heavy duty power supply which can also be used as a constant current supply in schools, laboratories or workshops. Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Direct current source: Stabilised, regulated output direct voltage, continuously adjustable from 0...18 V Adjustable current limit between 0...5 A LED display for constant current operationn Permantely short-circuit proof &protected against exterior voltages Alternative voltage output: Multitap transformer 2...15V, outputs galvanically separated from mains grid Full load capacity (5A), even if direct current is supplied simultaneously Short-circuit protection through overcurrent circuit breaker All output voltages available at 4 mm safety plug sockets.

Power supply, universal 13500-93 Power supply 0...12 V DC / 6 V, 12 V AC, 230 Volt 13505-93 Power supply 5 V DC/2.4 A with 4 mm plugs 11076-99 Flat battery, 4.5 V 07496-01

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 395

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.2 Ion migration

Ion migration It is known from physics that current flow is to be equalized with the movement of charge carriers. In metals this movable charge carriers are electrones. In liquids the carriers of the electric power are positively and negatively loaded ions. In a static field (in the appliance of DC voltage) the ions move to the pole that carries the contrary charge. This mechanism of the current conduction in liquids is very descriptively to demonstrate when one lets colored ions wander in an electric field.

Ion migration velocity

Principle The movement of ions is responsible for current flow in solutions of electrolytes. The migration of coloured ions can be easily observed by the migration of the colour front in an electric field. Tasks Demonstrate the migration of the permanganate anion in an electric field and measure the ionic velocity at five different concentrations. What you can learn about Charge transport in liquids, Ion mobility, Conductivity Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3060301

excellence in science 396

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.2 Ion migration

Test confirming the migration of ions by means of indicator paper

Flat chamber for ionic migration

Principle Strips of indicator paper soaked in potassium nitrate solution are spanned between two copper electrodes inside a ribbed trough. A drop of hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide is dripped onto the middle of these strips. When a voltage is applied, it can be seen how the ions migrate along the paper. Literature for this experiment as follows: Software interTESS Chemistry, DVD 01060-00 TESS Chemie Handbuch Allgemeine und anorganische Chemie 2 01836-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Inorganic Chemistry 2 01836-02 English P1032300

Function and Applications For demonstrating the migration of coloured ions in an electrolyte and for the determination of the absolute mobility of ions. Transparent plastic plate with engraved groove; upper face of the plastic plate blackened, except the groove. At each end face of the groove there is a nickel electrode with a 4-mm socket; the longitudinal sides of the groove have a scale with 5-mm divisions. The upper face of the plastic plate has a water level for horizontal adjustment of the flat chamber. The process of ionic migration can be especially well observed in projections using an overhead projector. Equipment and technical data Plate dimensions: ▪ ▪ ▪

Width: 90 mm Length: 145 mm Thickness: 15 mm.

Groove: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Width: 10 mm Length: 60 mm Depth: 0.2 mm. Stem diameter: 10 mm.

Accessories included ▪

6 transparent plastic covers for the groove

06605-00

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 397

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.3 Conductivity

Conductivity The experiments about ionic migration show that ions are carriers of electric current in liquids. However, the degree of the electrical conductivity of solutions depends strongly on the number of charge carriers (number of ions) inside the liquid and their character. The quantitive determination of the conductivity of solutions offers important information about the composition of electrolytes, which is why today modern chemical analytics are unimaginable without conductometric analyzations.

Enzyme kinetics: determination of the Michaelis-Menton constant (with the Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

Principle In the enzymatic hydrolysis of urea in aqueous solution, carbon dioxide and ammonia result. Their ions increase the conductivity of the solution. The velocity of the urea hydrolysis by the enzyme urease is measured via conductivity measurements at different substrate concentrations. Tasks Determine the Michaelis-Menton constant for the hydrolysis of urea by urease. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Michaelis-Menton mechanism Reaction rate Enzyme kinetics Bodenstein principle Electrolytic conductivity

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3050940

excellence in science 398

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.3 Conductivity

Conductivity of strong and weak electrolytes (with the Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

Principle It is possible to differentiate between strong and weak electrolytes by measuring their electrical conductance. Strong electrolytes follow Kohlrausch's law, whereas weak electrolytes are described by Ostwald's dilution law. The examination of the concentration dependence of the conductivity allows the molar conductivities of infinitely diluted electrolytes to be determined, and facilitates the calculation of degree of dissociation and the dissociation constants of weak electrolytes. Tasks 1. 2.

Determine the concentration dependence of the electrical conductivity of potassium chloride and acetic acid solutions. Calculate the molar conductivity using data from the measurements taken and determine the molar conductivity at infinite dilution by extrapolation. Determine the dissociation constant of acetic acid.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Kohlrausch's law Equivalent conductivity Temperature-dependence of conductivity Ostwald's dilution law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3060640

Conductivity of strong and weak electrolytes (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit) P3060611

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 399

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.3 Conductivity

Conductivity titration (with the Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

Principle The electric conductivity of aqueous electrolyte solutions is determined by the type and number of charge carriers at constant temperature. Characteristic changes in conductivity are connected with changes in the ionic composition of reacting systems. These can be used in t e conductiometric titration as end point indicators. Tasks Using the Cobra3 system, measure the change in conductivity in the titrations of the following: ▪ ▪ ▪

approximately 0.1 molar barium hydroxide solution with 0.1 molar sulphuric acid, approximately 0.1 molarhydrochloric acid with 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide solution and approximately 0.1 molar acetic acid with 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide solution

Other samples can alternatively be set in advance for conductiometric determination of their concentration contents. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Electrolyte Electrical conductance Specific conductance Ion mobility Ion conductivity Conductometry Volumetry

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3060740

excellence in science 400

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.3 Conductivity

Determination of the activity coefficient by a conductivity measurement

Principle The equivalent conductivity of strong electrolytes depends on their concentration. The quotient of the equivalent conductivity at a certain concentration and the equivalent conductivity at infinite dilution is called the conductivity coefficient, which is tthe result of interionic action. Tasks Measure the specific conductivities of various potassium chloride and calcium chloride solutions and calculate the equivalent conductivities. Determine the equivalent conductivities at infinite dilution using the Kohlrausch equation and calculate the conductivity coefficients. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Equivalent conductivity Ion mobility Conductivity Interionic action

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3060801

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 401

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.3 Conductivity

Temperature dependence of conductivity

Principle The electrical conductivity is not only dependent on the type and concentration of the electrolytes, but also on other parameters of state. For example, increasing temperature is mostly accompanied by an increase in conductivity, which can be attributed to the exponentially decreasing viscosity of the solution. A limiting value is reached, however, after which the conductivity decreases when the temperature increases further. The value of this limit is approx. 90°C for aqueous solutions. The dependence of temperature is to be experimentally examined in this experiment. Literature for this experiment as follows:

TESS und Demo advanced Handbuch Cobra4Physik, Chemie, Biologie, Alltagsphänomene 01330-01 German TESS and Demo advanced Manual Cobra4 Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Everyday Science 01330-02 English P1510160

Conductivity-meter, digital, Demo

Functions and Applications The device serves for measuring of conductivity, concentration, specific resistance and temperature. Benefits The device especially offers the following advantages: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

20 mm high 4-digit LED-digits automatic unit display Temperature compensation manuel oder automatic with temperature sensors free choice of the calibration solution for determination of the cell constant automatic determination of the temperature coefficients automatic choice of the fitting measuring range clearly arranged plastic foil keyboard 20 storage spaces for measuring data, which remain availbale after switching off RS232-port for representation and evaluation on the computer

Equipment and technical data Conductivity ▪ ▪ ▪

7 measuring ranges: 0,001 µS...200 mS Resolution: 0,001 µS...0,1 mS Probe link: 5-pole socket

Concentration ▪ ▪

8 measuring ranges: 1 µg/l...1 kg/l Resolution: 1 µg/l...1 g/l

Specific Resistance ▪ ▪

8 measuring ranges: 1 mOhm·cm...1 MOhm·cm Resolution: 1 mOhm·cm...1 KOhm·cm

Temperature ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -30...+100 °C Resolution: 0,1 °C Probe type: Pt 1000

Digital conductivity meter 13701-93 Software Conductivity Meter Demo 14400-61

excellence in science 402

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.3 Conductivity

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity+, Conductivity / Temperature (Pt1000)

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity, with stainless steel electrodes

The Cobra4 sensor may be connected directly to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in/ lockable connection.

Equipment and technical data Conductivity: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring Measuring Measuring Measuring Measuring Measuring

range 1: 0.0 .. approx. 2,500.0 µS/cm accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±0.15 µS/cm range 2: 0 .. approx. 45,000 µS/cm accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±3 µS/cm range 3: 0.00 .. approx. 1,100 mS/cm accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±0.05 mS/cm

Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring accuracy: -20.0°C...150.0°C Resolution: 0.1 K Measuring accuracy: ±0.5K (in the range 0..100°C) Measuring cycle: 0.8...2s (adjusted automatically) Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity+, Conductivity/ Temperature (Pt1000) 12632-00 Conductivity temperature probe Pt1000 13701-01

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity/Temperature with stainless steel electrodes can be connected directly to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. Benefits ▪

Particularly good application for school and outdoor experimentation, as the measuring gauge is already firmly connected.

Equipment and technical data Conductivity: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0.2 µS/cm...200 mS/cm Measuring accuracy: 6% of the measuringvalue ± 0,2µS/cm Resolution: 0.1 µS/cm, 1 µS/cm, 10µS/cm, 100 µS/cm

Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0 to 100°C Measuring accuracy: ± 0.8°C Resolution: 0.1°C Data flow rate: 1 Hz Connecting port: sub-D-15 pole Measuring electrode length, diameter,electrode spacing: 7 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm Cable length: 60 cm Weight: 85 g

12633-00

Conductivity meter, Cobra4 Mobile Link, hand-held 12738-00 Conductivity temperature probe Pt1000 13701-01 Temp. probe, imm. type, Pt1000, Cobra3 12123-00 ADAPTER COND.4MM SOCKET/DIN PLUG 13701-02 Conductivity probe K1 18151-02

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 403

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.4 Electrolysis

Electrolysis While metals (conductors of 1st class) don't change at electrical continuity, the current flow through liquified material or a solution of an electrolyte (conductor of 2nd class) is usually connected to a chemical change of the material: The cations move to the cathode and the anions to the anode, where they are respectively discharged. This procedure is called electrolytic disruption or electrolysis. Since the beginning of the 19th century, with the VOLTA column, the premise to implement eloctrolysis on a small scale in chemical laboratories has been given. In 1807 the English Humphry Davy managed to demonstrate metalic sodium through the electrolysis of a sodiumhydroxide melting for the first time.

Transference numbers

Principle Cations and anions contribute to charge transport in electrolytic processes in accordance with their different mobilities in an electric field. Hittorf transport numbers characterise the fraction of the total charge transported by a particular ion during electrolysis. They enable the calculation of ionic conductivities, the values of which are important in electrochemical practice. Transport numbers are to be experimentally determined from the characteristic concentration changes which take place at the cathode and the anode during electrolysis. Tasks Determine the Hittorf transport numbers for hydronium and nitrate ions from measurements resulting from the electrolysis of an 0.1 molar nitric acid solution. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Electrolysis Faraday's laws of electrolysis Charge transport Ion mobility Hittorf numbers

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3060401

excellence in science 404

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.4 Electrolysis

Electrode kinetics: The hydrogen overpotential of metals (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit)

Principle If the oxidation and reduction steps of an electrode reaction are rapid (high exchange current densities) then the passage of charge across the electrode-solution interface will barely displace the reaction equilibrium. Such an electrode is said to be non-polarisable in the sense that its potential, for small currents, is stable and equal to the equilibrium electrode potential. If, on the other hand, reaction equilibrium is established only slowly due to the kinetic inhibition of a step involved in the electrode reaction, then the electrode is said to be polarisable. To induce the reaction to proceed in a given direction the kinetic inhhibition of the reaction must be overcome by applying a high overpotential. Electrode polarisation and the presence of overpotentials are important concepts in understanding electrode processes. They underlie the fact that galvanic cells always deliver current at less than the equilibrium e.m.f. and that an applied potential greater than the equilibrium e.m.f. is required in order to drive a reaction in an electrolytic cell. Futhermore, a number of important electochemical devices (e.g. the lead-acid accumulator) and electroanalytical techniques (e.g. polarography) make use of the inhibition (high overpotential) of certain electrode reactions. Tasks 1. 2. 3.

Record the current-potential curve for the electrolysis of a 1M hydrochloric acid solution using graphite rod electrodes and determine the decomposition voltage. Discuss the physical processes determining the form of this curve. By replacing the graphite rod cathode with a series of different metal rod electrodes, compare the overpotentials for hydrogen evolution at these metals.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Electrode kinetics Polarization Overpotential Irreversible processes The electrode-electrolyte interface Voltammetry and current-potential curves Relevance to electrolysis Fuel cells Corrosion Polarography

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3061811

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 405

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.4 Electrolysis

Determination of Faraday's constant

Principle Faraday's laws of electrolysis describe the correlation between the amounts of substances transformed in the reactions at the electrodes and the charge applied (amount of electricity). Faraday's constant, which appears as a proportionality factor, can be determined experimentally from the dependence. Tasks Determine Faraday's constant from the dependence of the volumes of hydrogen and oxygen envolved on the charge applied in the hydrolysis of dilute sulphuric acid. What you can learn about Electrolysis coulometry, Charge, Faraday's laws, Avogadro's number, General equation of state for ideal gases Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3062101

excellence in science 406

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.4 Electrolysis

Electrogravimetric determination of copper

Principle Electrogravimetry is an important analytical method for the quantiative determination or separation of species in solution. The technique involves the quantiative electrolytic deposition of an element, usually a metal, on a suitable electrode in weighable form. Tasks Perform an accurate electrogravimetric determination of the amount of copper in a given sample solution. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Quantiative analysis Gravimetry Electrolysis Overpotential Electrode polarisation

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3062201

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 407

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.4 Electrolysis

Double U-tube with frits and cock, GL25

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Electrolysis apparatus-Hofmann 2 communicating glass tubes, l = 510 mm Measuring range: 50 ml Graduation: 0.2 ml

Electrolysis apparatus-Hofmann 44518-00 Platin.electrode in prot.tube,8mm 45206-00

Pt electrodes, electrogravimetric

Function and Applications The double U-tube is particularly suited for carrying out electrolysis, in which different electrolytes are used for the anode and cathode and no connection between the two is wanted. If the central chamber is used as a voltaic key, the apparatus can be used to make highly precise voltage measurements (potential measurements) for investigation of electrochemical series or deriving Nernst's equation, since the diffusion potentials arising at the glass filter plates between the anode or cathode chambers are approximately equal but of opposite sign, so that they cancel out. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Material: DURAN® Both side chambers are threaded and have GL 25/8 screw caps as well as side nozzles (glass nipple of external diam. = 8 mm) At the bottom of each side chamber is a stop cock with a PTFE spindle so that the electrolyte solutions can easily be mixed The centre chamber is threaded and has a GL 25 cap The three chambers are separated by G-4 glass filter plates (“frits”)

Function and Applications Platinum electrodes made of a platinum/ iridium alloy (90/ 10); cathode in the form of a net electrode and anode in the form of a spiral electrode. Equipment and technical data Net electrode: ▪ ▪ ▪

44451-00

Electrolysis apparatus-Hofmann

cylinder diameter: 35 mm net height: 50 mm total height: 150 mm

Spiral electrode: ▪ ▪ ▪

spiral diameter: 10 mm spiral height: 70 mm total height: 150 mm

45210-00

Function and Applications Electrolysis apparatus-Hofmann.

excellence in science 408

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.5 Galvanic cells, storage batteries, fuel cells

Hydrogen-Technology Fuel cells, electrolyzers and solar hydrogen technology are essential parts of a future, sustainable energy supply for environment and ressource protection with retention of the present life standards. Pure water is separated into its elements hydrogen and oxygen electrolytically with the help of regenerative energies for energy storage. In the reconversion of the gases in a fuel cell electricity, warmth and water develope. Through the consequent use of the membrane technology (PEM = Proton Exchange Membrane) in the demonstration systems, one can disclaim the use of caustic liquids and only use distilled water. • • • •

modern technology with protone transporting membrane (PEM = Proton Exchange Membrane) no caustic solutions; distilled water is sufficient for operating the electrolyzer safe experimentation the electrolyzer can be operated with solar power

Characteristic curve and efficiency of a PEM fuel cell and a PEM electrolyser

Principle In a PEM electrolyser, the electrolyte consists of a proton-conducting membrane and water (PEM = Proton- Exchange-Membrane). When an electric voltage is applied, hydrogen and oxygen are formed. The PEM fuel cell generates electrical energy from hydrogen and oxygen. The electrical properties of the electrolyser and the fuel cell are investigated by recording a current-voltage characteristic line. To determine the efficiency, the gases are stored in small gasometers in order to be able to measure the quantities of the gases generated or consumed. Tasks 1. 2. 3. 4.

Recording the characteristic line of the PEM electrolyser. Recording the characteristic line of the PEM fuel cell. Determination of the efficiency of the PEM electrolysis unit. Determination of the efficiency of the PEM fuel cell.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Electrolysis Electrode polarisation Decomposition voltage Galvanic elements Faraday's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments Physics 16502-32 English P2411100

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 409

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.5 Galvanic cells, storage batteries, fuel cells

PEM fuel cell kit, dismantable

PEM fuel cell

Principle

Function and Applications

Completely dismountable fuel PEM fuel cell kit especially for teaching in schools. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Robust and dismountable. Operation with oxygen or air. With operating instruction. Electrode surface area: 16 cm2. Output: 0.6 W. No-load voltage: 0.9 . Dimensions: width: 80 mm, height: 80 mm, depth: 24 mm.

06746-00

Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1312000

excellence in science 410

PEM fuel cell 06747-00 PEM electrolyser 06748-00

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.6 Electrochemical potentials - electrochemical series - pH values

Electrochemical potentials, Electrochemical series, pH-value In electrochemical series all materials are arranged in such a way that the material that is located higher in the series would yield electrones to a deeper located material in a redox system. So one can learn from the electrochemical series which material oxidizes respectively reduces another. The potentials that are denoted in the electrochemical series were determined with the help of potential measurements of galvanic elements, wherein the normal hydrogen electrode is used as a point of reference for the measurings. The potential of this electrode was defined as zero after a suggestion by Walter Nernst. The dependence of the potential on the concentration of the concerned ion is used for the determination of pH-values, which represent a special case within the measuring of electrochemical potentials

The Nernst equation

Principle The Nernst equation expresses how the electrical potential of an electrode in contact with a solution of ions depends upon the concentrations (more accurately, activities) of those ions. The equation may be experimentally verified using an electrochemical cell formed from an inert indictator electrode coupled with a convenient reference electrode. The potential of the indicator electrode, and hence the e.m.f. of the cell, is monitored as the ionic composition of the electrolyte solution is changed. Tasks Using an Ag(S) I AgCl(S) l Cl- reference electrode, measure the potential of a platinum electrode in contant with solutions containing known concentration of the iron(II) and iron(lII) complex ions [Fe(CN)6]4 - and [Fe(CN)6]3-. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪

Electrode potentials and their concentration dependence Redox electrodes Electrochemical cells

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3060901

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 411

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.6 Electrochemical potentials - electrochemical series - pH values

pH measurement

Principle The course, reaction rate and equilibrium position of many chemical reactions are strongly influenced by the concentration or more accurately, the activity of hydrogen ions in solutions αH+. Rapid and accurate determinations of hydrogen ion activity are thus of great importance. Since αH+ can vary over many orders of magnitude, it has proved convenient to introduce the pH scale (pH from the Latin "pondus hydrognii" meaning "amount of hydrogen"). The most important and common method used to determine the pH value is to measure the potential of the electrode which is sensitive to hydrogen ion activity. In certain practical situations, however, a simpler and more direct method o determining pH is required, and use is often made of pH indicators. Tasks Calibrate the following pH-sensitive electrodes in buffer solutions of known pH: ▪ ▪ ▪

the glass electrode the antimony electrode the quinhydrone electrode.

Using these calibrated electrodes, measure the pH of an unknown solution. Compare and contrast the results obtained with the three pHsensitive electrode. Use the glass electrode to determine the pH range in which the following indicators change colour: ▪ ▪ ▪

methyl orange bromothymol blue phenolphthalein

Compare the suitability of the three indicators for different types of acid-base titrations. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Potentiometric determination of pH Glass electrode pH indicators Acid-base titrations

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3061501

excellence in science 412

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.6 Electrochemical potentials - electrochemical series - pH values

Potentiometric pH titration (phosphoric acid in soft drinks)

Principle The cell voltage and the Galvani voltage of the electrodes of an galvanic cell are dependent upon the concentration of the ions involved in the potential forming process. Thus, conclusions can be made about the concentration of the ions to be investigated from the measured cell voltage at a constant potential of a suitable reference electrode (potentiometric titration) Tasks Using the Cobra3-System, measure the change in the cell voltage in the titration of a) diluted phosphoric acid with 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide solution b) a sample of a carbonated beverage (Cola) containing phosphoric acid (E338) with 0.1 molar sodium hydroxide solution and calculate the beverage's phosphoric acid content from the consumption of the standard solution. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Galvanic cell Types of electrodes Galvani voltage Cell voltage Nernst equation Potentiometry Volumetry

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3061740

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 413

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.6 Electrochemical potentials - electrochemical series - pH values

Automatic titration of household vinegar, complete set (interface version Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

Cobra3 Set automatic titration, 230 V

Function and Applications Cobra3 Chem-Unit) Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie / Biologie Handbuch Cobra3 (C3BT) 01320-01 German P1370640

Cobra3 set pH titration with drop counter, 230 V

All system components are visible and thus easily identifiable Precise, reproducible results Because measured values are recorded with an interface the titration curves can be presented easily

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Tripod material and all necessary small hardware items. Cobra3-Chem Unit Software "measure" pH-electrode Immersion temperature probe, Teflon Motor piston burette Magnetic stirrer Small hardware items CD with literature

Accessories ▪

Conductivity-probe for the recording of conductivity titrations

43040-88

Function and Applications With this set titrations can be carriedout, at which the volume of addedreagent is determined with a dropcounter. This kind of application isfaster and more comfortable than amanual application. Possiblemeasurements are e.g. quantitativeanalyses, determination ofconcentrations, determination ofdissociation constants of weak basesand acids. Benefits This set allows to execute themeasurements in a didactical clear andeasy way:- small costs- easy to understand for the students- quickly to execute- because the measured values arerecorded with an interface thetitration curves can be representedeasily Equipment and technical data It will be delivered complete withtripod material and all necessary smallhardware items:- Cobra3-ChemUnit- Software measure- pHelectrode- Immersion temperature probe, Teflon- Drop counter- Magnetic stirrer- Small hardware items- CD with literature Accessories Conductivity-probe for the recordingof conductivity titration 43050-88

excellence in science 414

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.6 Electrochemical potentials - electrochemical series - pH values

pH/Potenial meter, Cobra4-Mobile Link, hand-held

pH-meter, digital, Demo

Function and Applications

A combination of the Cobra4-Mobile-Link unit with the Cobra4 Chemistry sensor unit containing a pH sensor and 2 x NiCr-Ni thermocouples is ideal for the measurement of pH values, potentials and up to 2 temperatures simultaneously. The benefits of Cobra4 Mobile-Link are that it is a modern, powerful hand-held measuring device, to which any Cobra4 sensor units can be connected via a secure snap-in connection.

The device is used for the measuring of the pH-value, potential, temperature and pX-value (with ion-selective electrodes).

Cobra4 Mobile-Link is ideal for use in any of the following scenarios: ▪ ▪ ▪

Student experiments not using a computer (e.g. as a digital multimeter for a wide variety of variables) Outdoor experiments with school groups, on project days, on school field trips, nature trails etc. Simple, intuitive operation

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪

Temperature: measuring range -200 ... +1200°C pH: Measuring range 0 ...14 ▪ pH resolution 0.01 pH

▪

Potential: measuring range -2000 ... +2000 mV ▪ Resolution: 0.1 mV

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Sampling frequency: up to 5 measurements per second. Power supply: 2 x Mignon rechargeable batteries (AA) Current consumption: < 300 mA Measurements can be saved on SD memory cards Water resistant case Dimensions: 210 x 70 x 32 mm approx. Weight: 300 g

12739-00

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Chemistry, pH and 2 x Temperature NiCr-Ni 12630-00 Cobra4 Sensor-Unit pH, BNC connector 12631-00

Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

20 mm high 4-digit LED-display automatic display of units Temperature compensation manually oder automacally with temperature probe free choice between the buffer solutions for calibration of the pH-probe clearly arranged plastic foil keyboard 20 storage spaces for measuring data; stay available after switching off RS232-port for reprensentation and evaluation on the computer

Equipment and technical data pH/pX ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0 ...14 pH / pX Resolution: 0,01 pH / pX / Accuracy: ±0,01 pH / pX Probe link: DIN-socket Voltage (potential)-measuring range: -2000 ... +2000 mV Resolution: 1 mV / Accuracy: ±0,1 %

Temperature ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0... 100 °C Resolution: 0,1 °C / Accuracy: ±0,5 °C Probe type: Pt 1000 Input resistance: 1 Tera-Ohm

pH-electrode, polythene sheathed 18450-00 pH-electrode, shock resistant 18452-00 pH electrode, sterilisable 18456-00 Temperature probe Pt-1000 13702-01 Digital pH-meter 13702-93 Software pH meter DEMO 14408-61

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 415

3.3 Electrochemistry 3.3.6 Electrochemical potentials - electrochemical series - pH values

excellence in science 416

3 Chemistry 3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties

Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5 3.4.6 3.4.7 3.4.8 3.4.9 3.4.10 3.4.11 3.4.12 3.4.13

Structural analysis with X-ray Gases and gas laws Interfacial tension Viscosity Density and thermal expansion Melting point, boiling point, flash point Thermochemistry, calorimetry Electrical Properties Refractive index and rotation angle Stoichiometry Molar mass determination Diffusion and osmosis Reaction kinetics

418 427 435 436 441 443 445 451 453 456 457 459 462

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 417

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 Structural analysis with X-ray

excellence in science 418

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 Structural analysis with X-ray

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 419

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 Structural analysis with X-ray

excellence in science 420

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 Structural analysis with X-ray

XRE 4.0 X-ray expert set

▪ ▪ ▪

Accessories are always ready at hand Utensils are stored safely Dust-free storage

Equipment and technical data The set includes the following components: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

XR 4.0 X-ray expert unit, 09057-99 XR 4.0 X-ray plug-in unit with a tungsten X-ray tube, 09057-80 measure Xrm 4.0 X-ray Software, 14414-61 XR 4.0 X-ray slide mounts for the optical bench, 4 pieces, 09057-19 XR 4.0 X-ray fluoroscopic screen, 09057-26 XR 4.0 X-ray protective sheath, 09057-49

Recommended upgrade sets for various applications and topics

Function and Applications Basic set covering the fundamental principles and areas of applications of X-rays, e.g. fluoroscopy experiments and X-ray photography. It can be extended by upgrade sets for specific applications and topics. Benefits Safety concept complying with the applicable standards and regulations ▪ ▪

▪

The set complies with all of the German (X-ray ordinance, RÖV) and European regulations for radiation protection. Type approval by the German Federal Office for Radiation Protection (Bundesamt für Strahlenschutz, BFS) concerning the use of the unit at schools and universities in Germany (not subject to approval, but to reporting). (Type approval submitted.) Lead-enforced acrylic glass windows as a shield against the X-rays (breakproof in accordance with DIN/EN 61010)

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

XRW 4.0 X-ray wireless demonstration upgrade set, 09115-88 XRP 4.0 X-ray solid state upgrade set, 09120-88 XRC 4.0 X-ray characteristics upgrade set, 09130-88 XRS 4.0 X-ray structural analysis upgrade set, 09140-88 XRI 4.0 X-ray imaging upgrade set, 09150-88 XRM 4.0 X-ray material analysis upgrade set, 09160-88 XRD 4.0 X-ray dosimetry and radiation damage upgrade set, 09170-88 XRT 4.0 X-ray Computer Tomography upgrade set, 09180-88

09110-88

XRC 4.0 X-ray characteristics upgrade set

S-Lock - PHYWE's safety lock ▪ ▪

Electro-mechanical system for maximum security Prevents door opening during X-ray emission by multiple safety circuits

MultiLINK ▪ ▪ ▪

External socket panel Easy and safe connection of PHYWE components, such as the X-ray energy detector (09058-30) and other standard devices, e.g. digital cameras USB 2.0, N2, BNC, XRED,...

Plug & measure ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Self-calibrating goniometer (option) safe and easy handling collision protected goniometer Protects expensive equipment: GM counter tube and X-ray energy detector (XRED)

Tube XChange Technology ▪ ▪ ▪

Quick-change technology for four different X-ray tubes (W, Cu, Mo, and Fe) adjustment free Complete protection against touching hot parts

XXL Chamber ▪ ▪

Particularly spacious experiment chamber for sophisticated setups Integrated optical bench for the easy and reproducible set-up of experiments (can be extended to the outside)

3View ▪

Observation through windows on three sides; optimal for the transparent execution of experiments

Lockable tray for accessories

Function and Applications Upgrade set as an extension of the XRE 4.0 X-ray expert set (09110-88). It is used for the characterisation of the radiation spectra of various different anode materials. It is particularly suitable for studying the fundamental principles of X-ray physics. The set covers the following experiments and topics: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Fluoroscopy and X-ray imaging Debye-Scherrer analyses Fundamental principles of X-ray spectroscopy Bragg reflection Bremsspectrum K and L edges Characteristic lines of different anode materials Moseley's law Determination of the Rydberg constant Duane-Hunt's law Determination of Planck's quantum of action X-ray diffractometry

Benefits Plug & measure ▪ ▪ ▪

Quick change of the X-ray tubes in the set Connection of the goniometer during operation Automatic identification of the anode material of the X-ray tube - adjustment free.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 421

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 Structural analysis with X-ray

The housings of the X-ray tubes have two safety contact pins that enable the tube operation only if the plug-in unit has been installed correctly. Equipment and technical data The set includes the following components: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

XR 4.0 X-ray goniometer, 09057-10 Geiger-Müller counter tube, type B, 09005-00 XR 4.0 X-ray LiF crystal in a holder, 09056-05 XR 4.0 X-ray diaphragm tube with Ni foil, 09056-03 XR 4.0 X-ray potassium bromide monocrystal in a holder for the Bragg reflection, 09056-01 XR 4.0 X-ray diaphragm tube with Zr foil, 09058-03 XR 4.0 X-ray plug-in unit with an iron X-ray tube, 09057-70 XR 4.0 X-ray plug-in unit with a molybdenum X-ray tube, 09057-60 XR 4.0 X-ray plug-in unit with a copper X-ray tube, 09057-50

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

XR 4.0 X-ray potassium bromide monocrystal in a holder for the Bragg reflection, 09056-01 XR 4.0 X-ray diaphragm tube with Zr foil, 09058-03 XR 4.0 X-ray crystal holder for Laue images, 09058-11 XR 4.0 X-ray universal crystal holder for the X-ray unit, 09058-02 XR 4.0 X-ray sample holder for powder samples, 09058-09 XR 4.0 X-ray accessories for the structural analysis set, 09057-28

09140-88

XRM 4.0 X-ray material analysis upgrade set

09130-88

XRS 4.0 X-ray structural analysis upgrade set

Function and Applications Upgrade set as an extension of the XRE 4.0 X-ray expert set (09110-88). This set is particularly suitable for the qualitative and quantitative X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy of metallic samples in physics and material science (non-destructive testing). The set covers the following experiments and topics: ▪ Function and Applications Upgrade set as an extension of the XRE 4.0 X-ray expert set (09110-88). This set is particularly suitable for the structural analysis of different types of samples in materials physics, chemical analysis, and mineralogy. The set covers the following experiments and topics: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Fluoroscopy and X-ray imaging Debye-Scherrer analyses and images Laue diffraction patterns Fundamental principles of X-ray spectroscopy Bragg reflection Bremsspectrum Determination of Planck's quantum of action X-ray diffractometry Texture analyses of grown materials Monochromatisation of X-rays Analysis of crystals with different crystal structures: cubic, hexagonal, tetragonal, diamond, BCC, and FCC

Benefits ▪ ▪

Material analyses with different techniques: diffractometric and photographic analyses Samples of different structures: monocrystalline and polycrystalline samples, powder crystallites

Equipment and technical data The set includes the following components: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

XR 4.0 X-ray goniometer, 09057-10 Geiger-Müller counter tube, type B, 09005-00 XR 4.0 X-ray LiF crystal in a holder, 09056-05 XR 4.0 X-ray NaCl monocrystals, set of 3,09058-01 XR 4.0 X-ray set of chemicals for edge absorption, 1 set, 09056-04 XR 4.0 X-ray diaphragm tube with Ni foil, 09056-03

excellence in science 422

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Various different types of samples can be analysed: powders, solids, and liquids Material analyses of pure metals and multi-component alloys Compton effect - Moseley's laws energy-dispersive Bragg structure analysis K and L edge absorption Determination of the lattice constant of monocrystals Duane-Hunt's law of displacement X-ray fluorescence analysis for layer thickness determination Characteristics and the special resolving power of an X-ray energy detector

Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

In combination with the XR 4.0 X-ray multi-channel analyser (13727-99), the entire X-ray energy spectrum (2-35 keV) of the analysed materials can be determined. The set includes a sensitive XR 4.0 X-ray energy detector (09058-30) with a resolution of FWHM < 400 eV, rate independent up to 20 kcps. The XR 4.0 X-ray energy detector is mounted directly and easily onto the XR 4.0 X-ray goniometer (09057-10) of the XR 4.0 X-ray unit (09057-99). Direct connection of the XR 4.0 X-ray energy detector (09058-30) via the internal and external socket panel to the multichannel analyser (13727-99) that also supplies the supply voltage. Immediately ready for use, as indicated by a standby LED

Equipment and technical data The set includes the following components: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

XR 4.0 X-ray goniometer, 09057-10 XR 4.0 X-ray energy detector, 09058-30 Multi-channel analyser, 13727-99 Software for the multi-channel analyser, 14452-61 XR 4.0 X-ray set of chemicals for edge absorption, 1 set, 09056-04 XR 4.0 X-ray lithium fluoride (LiF) monocrystal in a holder, 09056-05 XR 4.0 X-ray universal crystal holder for the X-ray unit, 09058-02

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 Structural analysis with X-ray

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

XR 4.0 X-ray sample holder for powder samples, 09058-09 XR 4.0 X-ray diaphragm tube with Zr foil, 09058-03 XR 4.0 X-ray Compton module, 09058-04 XR 4.0 X-ray accessories for the material analysis set, 09057-36 Balance, DENVER DLT-411, 400 g/0.1 g, 49061-00

Safety concept complying with the applicable standards and regulations ▪ ▪

09160-88

Additional XR 4.0 X-ray upgrade sets

▪ ▪

The unit complies with all of the German (X-ray ordinance, RÖV) and European regulations for radiation protection. Type approval by the German Federal Office for Radiation Protection (Bundesamt für Strahlenschutz, BFS) concerning the use of the unit at schools and universities in Germany (not subject to approval, but to reporting). (Type approval submitted.) Lead-enforced acrylic glass windows as a shield against the X-rays (breakproof in accordance with DIN/EN61010) PHYWE safety lock technology (registered utility model)

S-Lock - PHYWE's safety lock ▪ ▪

electro-mechanical system for maximum security Prevents door opening during X-ray emission by multiple safety circuits

MultiLINK ▪ ▪ ▪

External socket panel Easy and safe connection of PHYWE components, such as the X-ray energy detector (09058-30) and other standard devices, e.g. digital cameras USB 2.0, N2, BNC, XRED,...

Plug & measure Upgrade sets as an extension of the XRE 4.0 X-ray expert set (09110-88). XRP 4.0 X-ray Solid state physics upgrade set 09120-88 XRI 4.0 X-ray imaging upgrade set 09150-88 XRD 4.0 X-ray dosimetry and radiation damage upgrade set 09170-88 XRT 4.0 X-ray Computer Tomography upgrade set 09180-88 XRW 4.0 X-ray wireless demonstration upgrade set 09115-88

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Tube XChange Technology ▪ ▪ ▪

Quick-change technology for four different X-ray tubes (W, Cu, Mo, and Fe) adjustment free Complete protection against touching hot parts

XXL Chamber ▪ ▪

XR 4.0 X-ray expert unit

Self-calibrating goniometer (option) safe and easy handling collision protected goniometer Protects expensive equipment: GM counter tube and X-ray energy detector (XRED)

Particularly spacious experiment chamber for sophisticated setups Integrated optical bench for the easy and reproducible set-up of experiments (can be extended to the outside)

3View ▪

Observation through windows on three sides; optimal for the transparent execution of experiments

Lockable tray for accessories ▪ ▪ ▪

Accessories are always ready at hand Utensils are stored safely Dust-free storage

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications School/full-protection device with X-ray tube quick-change technology for fluoroscopy and X-ray imaging, ionisation and dosimetry experiments, Laue and Debye-Scherrer images, X-ray spectroscopy, Bragg reflection, bremsspectrum/characteristic lines of various different anode materials, Moseley's law, determination of Planck's constant and Rydberg constant, Duane Hunt's law, material-thickness- and energydependent absorption, K and Ledges, contrast medium experiments, Compton scattering, and X-ray diffractometry. Benefits

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Microprocessor-controlled basic unit with two independent safety circuits for the door position and two independent monitoring circuits for the door locking system Four different X-ray tubes (Fe, Cu, Mo, and W) can be plugged in and remain visible during operation Determination of the X-ray intensity via an integrated GeigerMüller counter tube connection with a variable counter tube voltage (0... 700 V) and an integrated loudspeaker TFT colour display (dimensions 4,3" (95 x 54 mm), 16 Bit, 56.536 colours, 480 x 272 Pixel) for the manual control of the unit "Display Connect" interface for the connection of a large-scale display unit True-colour line-shaped interior LED lighting system High voltage 0.0...35.0 kV Emission current 0.0...1.0 mA Housing (mm): 682 (W) x 620 (H) x 450(D) Experiment chamber (mm): 440 (W) x 345 (H) x 354 (D) Connection: 110/240 V~, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: 200 VA

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 423

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 Structural analysis with X-ray

▪ ▪

Mass: 55 kg PC control via USB 2.0

▪ ▪

Required accessories When the unit is used for the first time, at least one X-ray tube, e.g. the tungsten X-ray tube 09057-80, is required. XR 4.0 X-ray expert unit 09057-99 XR 4.0 X-ray goniometer 09057-10

measure XRm 4.0 X-ray Software

All of the experiment-relevant settings can be loaded at the push of a button. The experiment descriptions include configuration files and example measurements. They are provided free of charge on the measure DVD.

System requirements ▪

PC with at least a Pentium 3 processor, 512 MB RAM, 1 GB free hard drive space, DVD drive, USB 2.0, Microsoft ®Windows XP or higher.

measure XRm 4.0 X-ray Software 14414-61 measure XRt 4.0 X-ray CT Software 14421-61

XR 4.0 X-ray Plug-in tubes

Function and application Software package of the "measure" series for controlling the XR 4.0 Expert Unit (X-ray unit). XRm 4.0 consists of a module for device control and measurement data recording and a module for measurement data processing (main program). Benefits AUTORUN ▪ ▪ ▪

Automatic identification of the connected devices of the XR 4.0 series Loading of predefined settings Working directly without the need for specialist knowledge

▪

Simultaneous operation of the XR 4.0 Expert Unit via manual control and via a computer No restrictions concerning the execution of experiments

Plug & measure ▪

XRm 4.0 is available in more than 20 languages, among them German, English, French, Spanish, Arabic, and Russian. As a result, XRm 4.0 is also suitable for beginners' laboratory courses at universities and the secondary school level.

Reference experiments ▪ ▪ ▪

The comprehensive collection of reference experiments simplifies the selection of suitable experiments and can be used as a template for own experiment scripts/laboratory handbooks. All of the relevant topics concerning the characterisation and application of X-rays are documented. Experiment descriptions in PDF files with learning objectives, brief description, set-up picture, equipment list, experiment procedure, reference results with a reference to the theoretical background, and device and software settings that are specifically adapted to the experiment.

excellence in science 424

Benefits: Tube XChange Technology:

▪ ▪

Quick-change technology for four different X-ray tubes (W, Cu, Mo, and Fe) adjustment free Complete protection against touching hot parts

Equipment and technical data

The intuitive user concept considerably simplifies the operation of such a complex device and puts the experiment into the focus of attention.

Multilingual ▪

Factory adjusted tube in sheet steel housing ready for use in connection with XR 4.0 expert unit. Housing with plugs to accept the tubes operating quantities from the basic unit. With handle, mechanical lock and two switching pins, which only operate correspondingly security microswitches of the basic unit when the plug-in module is correcly inserted.

▪

Double control ▪

Function and Applications

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Anode angle 19° Max. operation datas 1 mA/35 kV Test voltage 50 kV Mass 4.3 kg Dimensions (26.7 x 18.8 x 20.3) cm Incl. dust protection cover

XR 4.0 X-ray Plug-in Cu tube 09057-50 XR 4.0 X-ray Plug-in Mo tube 09057-60 XR 4.0 X-ray Plug-in Fe tube 09057-70 XR 4.0 X-ray plug-in unit W tube 09057-80

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 Structural analysis with X-ray

XR 4.0 X-ray Universal crystals and holder

▪

Compton effect-Mosley's law-Energy dispersive Bragg structure analysis

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Energy range: 2 - 60 keV Resolution: < 400 eV Active detector surface 0,8 mm² Power supply included Rate independent resolution up to 20 Kcps (kilo counts per second) max. 4000 channels 2 or 3 point calibration

09058-30

XR 4.0 X-ray Specimen sets for X-ray fluorescence Function and application Monocrystal mounted in holder. In connection with x-ray unit for Laue-experiments and for the analysis of x-ray energies by the Bragg-method. XR 4.0 X-ray Lithium fluorid crystal, mounted 09056-05 XR 4.0 X-ray Potassium Bromide Crystal, mounted 09056-01 XR 4.0 X-ray Univ. crystal holder for x-ray-unit 09058-02

XR 4.0 X-ray Specimen set metals for X-ray fluorescence, set of 7 09058-31 Xr 4.0 X-ray Specimen set alloys for fluorescence, set of 5 09058-33 XR 4.0 X-ray Specimen set metals for fluorescence, set of 4 09058-34

Multi channel analyser - extended version suitable also for operation of the X-ray energy detector

XR 4.0 X-ray energy detector (XRED)

Function and applications

Function and Applications With the new X-ray energy detector you can directly determine the energies of single x-ray quanta. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

In connection with the multi-channel analyser (MCA) you can characterise the complete x-ray energy spectrum of the analysed material. Characteristic x-ray lines for all elements of the PSE included in the software. Directly mountable on the goniometer of the x-ray unit, without loss of functionality of the goniometer Directly connectable to MCA (USB) without any additional interface on Green Operation-LED Parallel observation of the signals in the oscilloscope (optional)

Typical application laboratory experiments in universities and high schools: ▪ ▪ ▪

Characterisation of X-rays of different anode materials (Cu, Fe, Mo) Fluorescence analysis of pure materials and alloys Determination of the composition of alloys

The multi-channel analyser is for analysing voltage pulses which are proportional to energy and for determining pulse rates and intensities in conjunction with an X-ray detector, alpha detector or gamma detector. The analogue pulses from the detector are shaped by the analyser, digitised and summed per channel according to pulse height. This results in a frequency distribution of detected pulses dependent on the energy of the radiation. Equipment and technical data The multi-channel analyser has an offset function for enhancing the energy resolution. It possesses the following features: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Analogue output for observing heights of the pulse spectrum on an oscilloscope, A USB output for connecting to a computer, Integrated power supply for alpha detector pre-amp Integrated power supply for X-ray energy detector. Includes 1.5-m mains lead, USB cable type A/B Multi-channel analyser software (required) Resolution (per spectrum): up to 4096 channels (12 bit) Memory: unlimited Lag time: 60 µs Coincidence window: 1 µs Analogue input: negative pulse impedance: 3.3 kilohms, 150 pF Amplification: three stages, 6, 12 and 24 digitally adjustable

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 425

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.1 Structural analysis with X-ray

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Pulse height: max. 4 V Analogue output: positive pulse 0 to 4 VPulse length: 15 µs offset approx. 12-bit digital resolution Maximum offset: 4 V (disable input/coincidence input) Logic input (TTL) for coincidence measurements at voltage outputs Diode socket: ± 12 V / max. 30 mA BNC socket (bias voltage): -33, -66, -99 V Plastic case with carrying handle Dimensions H × W × D (mm): 90 x 140 x 130 Mains voltage: 115/230 V~ Mains frequency: 50/60 Hz Weight: 1550 g

Accessories

▪ ▪

Features ▪

▪

Multi-channel analyser software (required) Multi channel analyser - extended version suitable also for operation of the X-ray energy detector 13727-99 measure Software multi channel analyser 14452-61

TESS expert Handbook Physics X-Ray Experiments

Experiments with X-rays and their use in physics, chemistry, biology, medicine, material science, and geology Description Comprehensive collection of reference experiments concerning the fundamental principles and use of X-rays in physics, chemistry, biology, medicine, material science, and geology with the XR 4.0 X-ray unit platform as a pool of ideas concerning the potential areas of application in demonstration and laboratory experiments. A clear matrix simplifies the orientation in terms of scientific fields and topics. Topics ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Characteristic X-radiation / atomic structure / quantum physics and chemistry X-ray absorption Compton scattering Dosimetry

excellence in science 426

Crystal structures/structural analysis with X-rays/Debye-Scherrer experiments (counting tube goniometer) Transirradiation experiments/non-destructive testing

▪ ▪ ▪

Experiment descriptions with clearly structured learning objectives, fundamental principles, photo of the set-up, equipment list, tasks, illustrated instructions concerning the set-up and procedure, theory and evaluation with example results plus important notes concerning the operation and safety of the equipment. This simplifies the orientation and execution as well as the selection of the experiment parts for personalised laboratory experiments. The information provided is so comprehensive that no other background information is required. For every experiment, the software package "XRM 4.0 measure Xray" includes presettings for the easy and direct execution of the experiment at the push of a button as well as numerous example measurements. Experiment matrix for quick orientation Operating instructions concerning the components of the XR 4.0 platform including detailed information DIN A4 format, spiral-bound, colour print

01200-02

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.2 Gases and gas laws

Velocity of molecules and the Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function

Principle A kinetic gas theory apparatus is to be used as a model to simulate the motion of gas molecules and to determine their velocity by determining the distance that glass balls are thrown. The velocity distribution found is to be compared with the theoretical Maxwell-Boltzmann equation. Tasks Measure the velocity distribution of the "model gas" and compare the result to theoretical behaviour as described by the MaxwellBoltzmann equation. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Kinetic theory of gases Model kinetic energy Average velocity Velocity distribution

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3010101

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 427

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.2 Gases and gas laws

Charles's (Amontons') law (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit)

Principle The state of a gas is determined by temperature, pressure and amount of substance. For the limiting case of ideal gases, these state variables are linked via the ideal gas law. For a change of state under isochoric conditions this equation becomes Amontons' law. Tasks 1. 2.

Experimentally investigate whether Amontons' law is valid for a constant amount of gas (air) From the resulting relationship calculate the universal gas constant and thermal coefficient of tension.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Pressure Temperature Volume Thermal tension coefficient Ideal gas law Universal gas constant Charles's (Amontons') law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3011211

excellence in science 428

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.2 Gases and gas laws

Boyle-Mariotte law (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit)

Principle The state of a gas is determined by temperature, pressure and amount of substance. For the limiting case of ideal gases, these state variables are linked via the ideal gas law. In the case of isothermal process control this equation converts Boyle and Mariotte'slaw. Tasks 1. 2.

Experimentally investigate the validity of Boyle and Mariotte's law for a constant amount of gas (air). From the resulting relationship calculate the universal gas constant.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Pressure Temperature Volume Cubic compressibility coefficient Ideal gas law Universal gas constant Boyle and Mariotte's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3011311

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 429

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.2 Gases and gas laws

Thermal equation of state and critical point

Principle A substance which is gaseous under normal conditions is enclosed in a variable volume and the variation of pressure with the volume is recorded at different temperatures. The critical point is determined graphically from a plot of the isotherms. Tasks 1. Measure a number of p-V-isotherms of SF6. 2. Determine the critical point and the critical quantities of SF6. 3. Calculate the constants of the Van der WAALS equation, the BOYLE-temperature, the radius of the molecules and the parameters of the interaction potential. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Ideal gas Real gas Equation of state Van der WAALS equation Boyle temperature Critical point Interaction potential Molecule radius

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3020101

excellence in science 430

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.2 Gases and gas laws

Heat capacity of gases

Priniciple Heat is added to a gas in a glass vessel by an electric heater which is switched on briefly. The temperature increase results in a pressure increase, which is measured with a manometer. Under isobaric conditions, a temperature increase results in a volume dilatation which can be read from a gas syringe. The molar heat capacities Cv and Cp are calculated from the pressure or volume change. Tasks Determine the molar heat capacities of air at constant volume Cv and at constant pressure Cp. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Equation state for ideal gases 1st law of thermodynamics universal gas constant degree of freedom mole volumes isobars isotherms isochors and adiabatic change of state

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3020301

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 431

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.2 Gases and gas laws

Charles's (Amontons') law

Gay-Lussac's law of volumes

Principle Amontons' law describes the relationship between the pressure and the temperature of a fixed quantity of gas at constant volume. A glass syringe enclosed in a glass jacket is used to capture about 50 ml of gas. The water in the glass jacket is warmed up gradually. Each time the temperature increases about 5째C, the plunger of the gas syringe is pushed back in to the initial volume and the temperature and pressure of the gas are recorded. A bar magnet and a magnetic stirring bar in the glass jacket can be used to stir the heating bath fluid in order to keep the temperature distribution uniform. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English

Principle Gay-Lussac's law of volumes states that gases always react with one another in certain fixed ratios of their volume. This experiment mixes hydrogen and oxygen in the plunger eudiometer in different ratios where the mixtures react explosively. All of these gas mixtures can be ignited within a very short period of time, demonstrating that hydrogen and oxygen always react with one another in a volumetric ratio of 2 to 1. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1223551

P1223000

Kinetic gas theory apparatus Temperature change when a gas is liquefied by compression

Function and Applications Kinetic gastheory apparatus with vertical chamber and built in motor. Principle

Equipment and technical data

When gases are liquefied by compression, they emit heat into their surroundings. When they expand again and vaporise, they cool down. This attribute is used in the operation of refrigerators, for example.

chamber (mm) 60 x 20 x 180, motor supply 12 VDC /20 W

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS und Demo advanced Handbuch Cobra4Physik, Chemie, Biologie, Alltagsph채nomene 01330-01 German TESS and Demo advanced Manual Cobra4 Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Everyday Science 01330-02 English P7200560

excellence in science 432

09060-00

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.2 Gases and gas laws

Plunger eudiometer

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

1 Software measure Cobra4, single user and school licence. 1 Glass jacket. 1 Gas syringe 100 ml. 1 Heater for Glass jacket. 1 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, -50...1000°C. All necessary support materials and all the other small hardware items to be able to carry out the measurements for the gas laws.

43020-00

Function and Applications The plunger eudiometer consists of aglass cylinder with movable plunger and is used to determine the ratio of volumes in explosive gas reactions. Benefits Two 4-mmsockets connect the ignition spark generator. , This device can be used to cause gas mixtures to react at room temperature, which lead to gaseous reaction products or in which residual quantities of the reaction gases remain in the cylinder (e.g. mixtures of air and hydrogen, of carbon monoxide and oxygen). , The gasmixtures are simply injected into the eudiometer using an injection syringe., The ignition of the gas mixture then occurs easily and safely with the aid of the ignition spark generator. , If the plunger eudiometer is assembled in the glass jacket, the ratio of volumes of gas reactions can also be investigated at temperatures other that room temperature, such as the reaction of a stochiometric mixture of hydrogen and oxygen at above 100°C. Equipment and technical data With scaling on one side; Scale: 0...20 ml, 1 ml divisions., Totallength: 350 mm, Length of the glass cylinder: 205 mm, Outer diameter of the glass cylinder: 36 mm, Length of the connection tube: 55 mm., Outer diameter of the connection tube: 8 mm

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics, pressure abs. 2 bar and 2 temperature NiCr-Ni 12638-00 Cobra4 Wireless-Link 12601-00 Cobra4 Wireless Manager 12600-00 Software Cobra4 - Single user and school licence 14550-61

Ideal gas laws The ideal gas equation describes the thermal state of an enclosed gas with regard to the parameters of state; pressure p, volume V, temperature T and number of gas molecules n. It enables three different gas laws to be derived, each for the behaviour of a gas, but with a different parameter of state held constant. Charles’s law defines the dependence between temperature and volume at constant pressure. In this experiment, a volume of gas is enclosed in a gas syringe and the temperature of it is controlled by means of a water bath. The gas volume can be read from a scale at the same time as the temperature of the it is measured.

02611-00

Set Gas laws with glass jacket system and Cobra4

Charles' law P1350060 Amontons law P1350160 Boyle's law P1350260 TESS and Demo advanced Manual Cobra4 Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Everyday Science 01330-02

Function and Applications Complete device compilation for a comfortable way to derive the ideal gas laws experimentally with help of the Cobra4 Senor-Unit Thermodynamics and the glass jacket system. Equipment and technical data The set consists of: ▪ ▪ ▪

1 Cobra4 Wireless Manager. 1 Cobra4 Wireless-Link. 1 Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics, pressure absolute 2 bar and 2 x temperature.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 433

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.2 Gases and gas laws

Set gas laws with glass jacket, 230 V

Critical point apparatus

Function and Applications Function and Applications With this set, experiments on the following topics can be carried out: Gas law of Boyle-Mariotte, Gas law of Gay-Lussac, Gas law of Amonton (Charles), Determination of molar masses according to the vapor density method Benefits This set allows to execute the measurements in a didactical clear and easy understandable way: clear set-up, easy to understand, completely mercury-free, quickly to execute, short preparation time Equipment and technical data It will be delivered complete with tripod material and all necessary small hardware items:

Critical point apparatus with transparent compression chamber on three legged base, pressure measurement-, generation- and cooling system, two gas valves. Equipment and technical data Temperature range: 0...55 째C Pressure range: 0...50 bar, 0.5 bar division Volume range: 0...4 ml, 0.05 ml division 04364-10

Precision manometer

Glass jacket, Gas syringe, Heater, Tripod material, Small hardware items, CD with literature Not included are measuring instruments as thermometers or manometers. Accessories Data acquisition set with Cobra3 Basic unit for recording the measured data by means of a PC. 43003-88

Cobra3 Data acquisition set for set gas laws

Function and Applications

43003-30

Differential pressure manometer with inclined measuring tube filled with red oil, to measure under and over pressures.

Handbook Glass jacket system

Equipment and technical data Plexiglas block on stem with integral spirit level, Displacement zero adjustment, 2 connecting nozzles Ranges: 0...2 mbar division: 0.1 mbar, 0...4 mbar division: 0.2 mbar , Scale length: 140 mm, Nozzle diameter: 5...8 mm, Stem diameter: 10 mm, Stem length: 60 mm, Dimensions (mm): 350 x 30 x 190

01196-12

Accessories Filling oil, 100 g, rubber hose 03091-00

excellence in science 434

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.3 Interfacial tension

Determination of the surface tension with the ring method (Du Nouy method)

Principle To determine the surface tension of a liquid, a ring that is attached to a torsion meter by means of a silk thread is dipped into the liquid. The liquid level is lowered and the force that acts on the ring just before the liquid film tears is measured. The surface tension can be calculated from the diameter of the ring and the tear-off force. Tasks 1.

Determine the surface tension of olive oil as a function of temperature or the surface tention of water / methanol mixtures as a function of the mixing ratio.

What you can learn about Surface energy, Surface tension, Adhesion, Critical point, Eotvos equation Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3040201

Torsion dynamometer, 0.01 N

Function and Applications Torsion dynamometer to measure small forces or investigate electrostatic and magnetic interactions between bodies Benefits force compensation, zero point adjustment, eddy current damping element, overloadprotection and a stem Equipment and technical data Range front scale: 10 mN, Range side scale: 卤3 mN, Raw subdivision: 1 mN, Fine subdivision: 0,1 mN, Maximum lever load: 0,2 N, Scale diameter: 170 mm, Length of lever arm: 240 mm 02416-00

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 435

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.4 Viscosity

Gas viscosity: estimation of molecular diameter

Principle Expressed most simply, the viscosity of a fluid (liquid or gas) relates to its resistance to flow. The viscosity of a gas is determined in particular by the rate of transfer of the flow momentum from faster moving layers (laminas) to slower ones. The so-called transpiration methods provide a convenient way of measuring gas viscosities. In the approach used here, the flow rate of the gas (which is inversely proportional to its viscosity) is recorded by monitoring the evacuation of a vessel through a capillary tube under a constant pressure differential. Tasks 1. 2.

Meassure the viscosities of the gases nitrogen, carbon dioxide, hydrogen and helium. Use simple gas kinetic theory to estimate the molecular diamenter of each of the gases measured.

What you can learn about Kinetic theory of gases, Mean free path, Transport properties, Laminar and turbulent flow, Poiseuille's equation Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3010201

excellence in science 436

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.4 Viscosity

Determining the molecular weight of a polymer from intrinsic viscosity measurements

Principle The viscosity of a liquid is effectively determined by the strength of the intermolecular attractive forces. In the case of solutions, the viscosity of the solvent can alter significantly depending on the type and concentration of the solute. Due to their size, macromolecules have a very considerable impact on the viscosity of the solvent. Viscosity measurements can be used to estimate the mean molecular mass of a macromolecule if something is known about its conformation. Tasks 1. 2.

Use a thermostatted capillary viscometer to measure the viscosities of solutions of polystyrene in toluene over a range of five polymer concentrations. Determine the instrinsic viscosity and from that estimate the molecular weight (relative molecular mass) of the polymer in this solution.

What you can learn about Viscosity of liquids, Ostwald capillary viscometer, Poiseuilles's equation, Macromolecules, Mass average and number average molecular weights, The Mark-Houwink equation, Alternative techniques e.g. osmosis, Sedimentation (ultracentrifuge methods), Light scattering Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3010601

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 437

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.4 Viscosity

Viscosity measurements with the falling ball viscometer

Principle Liquids and gases have different viscosities because of the difference in the internal friction between their molecules. Viscosity is a function of the structure of a substance and its temperature. It is to be experimentally determinded here by measuring the rate of fall of a ball in a tube filled with the liquid to be investigated. Tasks Measure the viscosities a) of a methanol-water mixtures of various composition at a constant temperature, b) of water as a function of the temperature and c) of methanol as a function of temperature. From the temperature dependence of viscosities, calculate the energy barriers to overcoming the internal friction of water and methanol. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Newtonian liquid Stokes law Fluidity Dynamic and kinematic viscosity Viscosity measurements

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3010801

excellence in science 438

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.4 Viscosity

Viscosity of Newtonian and non-Newtonian liquids (rotary viscometer) Principle The viscosity of liquids can be determined with a rotary viscometer, in which a variable-speed motor drives a cylinder immersed in the liquid to be investigated via spiral spring. The viscosity of the liquid generates a moment of rotation at the cylinder which can be measured with the aid of the torsion of the spiral spring and read on a scale. Tasks 1. 2. 3.

Determine the gradient of the rotational velocity as a function of the torsional shearing stress for two Newtonian liquids (glycerine, liquid paraffin). Determine the flow curve for a non-Newtonian liquid (chocolate). Investigate the temperature dependence of the viscosity of Castor oil and gylcerine.

What you can learn about Shear stress, Velocity gradient, Internal friction, Viscosity, Plasticity Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3010901

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 439

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.4 Viscosity

Falling ball viscometer

Rotary viscometer, 3 - 6,000,000 mPas, 110...240 V

Function and Applications Falling ball viscometer. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Thermometer Diameter of the fall tube: 15.95 mm Initiable fall times: 25...300 s Fall distance: 100 mm 6 balls

18220-00

Function and Applications Classic rotational viscometer for the viscosity determination according to ISO2555 ("Brookfield method") and many ASTM standards. Benefits The results are 100% compatible to the Brookfield method, All results (viscosity, torque in %, speed, spindle) are displayed on the built-in display, Visual and acoustic signals at critical measuring conditions, Warning, if the device is used outside of the permissible measuring ranges, Digital speed control with "built-in" accuracy through stepping motor, Touchless, optoelectronic torque measuring system with high accuracy and without wear, It is supllied as a complete measuring unit consisting of the basic instrument with stand, set of spindles with a storage rack in a stable case Equipment and technical data Viscosity range: 3 - 6,000,000 m, Pas- Torque (rpm): 0.1/ 0.2/ 0.3/ 0.5/ 0.6/ 1/ 1.5/ 2/2.5/ 3/ 4/ 5/ 6/ 10/ 12/ 20/ 30/ 50/ 60/100/ 200, Accuracy of torque: <±0,5% of the absolute value, Temperature range: -15...+120°C, Accuracy: ±1% of full scale, Reproducibility: ±0.2% of full scale, Power supply: 100...240 V/ 50...60 Hz 18222-99

excellence in science 440

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.5 Density and thermal expansion

Dilatometry

Principle The linear expansion of solid bodies and the volume expansion of water are functions of temperature. In order to investigate expansion, tubes made of brass, steel, copper, aluminium and glass are clamped tight at one end, and water from a temperature controlled bath is circulated through them. The change in length at various temperatures is measured using a dilatometer. The measurement of the volume change of water is achieved using a flat-bottomed flask with an upright graduated tube, which is located in a temperature controlled bath (pycnometer). Tasks 1. 2.

Measure the linear expansion of brass, steel, copper, aluminium and Duran glass at five different temperatures in a rane between 20°C and 70°C using a dilatometer. Calculate the linear expansion coefficients. Determine the volume of a defined mass of water with a pycnometer at five different temperatures in a range between 20°C and 70°C.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

State variables Linear thermal expansion Volume expansion Heat capacity Lattice potential Equilibrium separation Intermolecular interaction

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3021801

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 441

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.5 Density and thermal expansion

Westphal/ Mohr density balance

Function and Applications Precision balance with balance bar with unequal arm length for determination of densities of liquids and solid state bodies Equipment and technical data the bearing of the balance bar consists of a low friction steel cutting edge, with height variable support rod, balance bar equipped with 9 positions for counter weight pieces, delivered in wooden storage box, counter weight pieces, tweezers, Reimann`s bouyancy body with wire, thermometer , glass cylinder, 100 ml, grid basket with hook for density determination of solid state bodies, beaker, Weight range: 0...2 g/ccm, Sensitivity: 0.0001 g/ccm 45016-00

excellence in science 442

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.6 Melting point, boiling point, flash point

Evaporative equilibrium

Principle For each temperature, a specific pressure of the gas phase of the liquid establishes itself above the liquid - the vapour pressure. If the external pressure is lowered by drawing off the gas phase, the equilibrium re-establishes itself through evaporation of parts of the liquid phase. Tasks Determine the enthalpy of vaporization of acetone by measuring the vapour pressure at different temperatures. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Enthalpy of vaporization Vapour pressure Entropy of vaporization Clausius-Clapeyron equation Trouton-Pictet rule Laws of thermodynamics

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3030101

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 443

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.6 Melting point, boiling point, flash point

Boiling point diagram of a binary mixture

Principle A boiling point diagram shows the boiling points of a binary mixture as a function of the vapour / liquid equilibrium of the mixture at constant pressure. The boiling points of various mixtures of methanol and chloroform are measured and the composition of the liquid phases are determined using refractometry and a calibration curve. Tasks 1. 2.

Determine the refractive indiced of the pure components and about 10 different mixtures of known composition. Plot the boiling point diagram of the binary mixtured of methanol and chloroform.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Fundamentals of distillation Equilibrium diagram Chemical potential Activity coefficient Raoult's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3030401

excellence in science 444

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.7 Thermochemistry, calorimetry

Characteristic curve and efficiency of a PEM fuel cell and a PEM electrolyser

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Electrolysis Electrode polarisation Decomposition voltage Galvanic elements Faraday's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments Physics 16502-32 English P2411100

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 445

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.7 Thermochemistry, calorimetry

Determination of the enthalpy of vaporisation of liquids (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit)

Principle The vaporization of a liquid occurs with heat absorption. To determine the enthalpy of vaporization, a known mass of the liquid which is to be investigated is vaporized in a special vaporization vessel in a current of air. The quantity of heat absorbed, which corresponds to the enthalpy of vaporization, can be calorimetrically determined. Tasks 1. 2.

Determine the molar enthalpy of vaporization of diethyl ether and methanol. Calculate the molar entropies of vaporization and discuss the results under consideration of Trouton's rule.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Enthalpy of vaporisation Enthalpy of condensation Enthalpy pf sublimation Vapour pressure Entropy of vaporization Clapeyron-Clausius equation Trouton's rule Law of thermodynamics Calorimetry

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3020411

excellence in science 446

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.7 Thermochemistry, calorimetry

Determination of the hydration enthalpy of an electrolyte (solution enthalpy) (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit)

Principle When a solid electrolyte dissolves in water, a positive or negative heat effect occurs as a result of the destruction of the crystal lattice and the formation of hydrated ions. The enthalpy of hydration of copper sulphate can be calculated from the different heats of reaction measured when anhydrous and hydrated copper sulphate are separately dissolved in water. Tasks 1. 2.

Record temperature-time curves for the dissolution of anhydrous copper sulphate and hydrated copper sulphate in water. Calculate the hydration enthalpy of anhydrous copper(II)sulphate.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Integral enthalpy of solution Hess's law Lattice energy Ion solvation Calorimetry

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3020711

Determination of the enthalpy of neutralisation (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit) P3020811 Determination of the enthalpy of combustion with a calorimetric bomb P3021401

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 447

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.7 Thermochemistry, calorimetry

Determination of the heat of formation of water

Determine the enthalpy of formation of water by burning 100 ml H2 in a closed glass jacket calorimeter.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

First law of thermodynamics Thermochemistry Calorimetry Enthalpy of formation Enthalpy of reaction

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3021501

excellence in science 448

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.7 Thermochemistry, calorimetry

Determination of the heat of formation for CO2 and CO (Hess's law)

carbon and carbon monoxide calometrically.

Use the experimentally determined enthalpies and Hess's law to calculate the enthalpies of formation of CO and CO2. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

First law of thermodynamics Thermochemistry Calorimetry Enthalpy of formation Enthalpy of reaction Hess's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3021601

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 449

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.7 Thermochemistry, calorimetry

Determination of the heat of formation of CO2 and CO and Hess's law

Calorimetric bomb

Principle Molar standard enthalpies of formation are important thermodynamic tabular values used to calculate the standard enthalpies of reaction for reactions of all kinds. They are defined as the heat of reaction during the direct formation of one mol of the substance concerned from the stable pure elements at constant pressure. For reactions which proceed spontaneously, such as the formation of carbon dioxide from carbon, the enthalpies of formation can be determined directly by caloric measurements. If enthalpies of formation are not directly accessible in this way, as in the case of carbon monoxide, for example, they can be determined by means of the Hess's law. To do so in the example shown here, the enthalpies of reaction for the combustion of two substances: 1. 2.

Carbon Carbon monoxide

to form carbon dioxide are determined experimentally. These experimental values can be used to calculate the enthalpy of formation of carbon monoxide. Literature for this experiment as follows: Handbuch Glasmantel 01196-11 German

Calorimetric bomb for the quantitative determination of combustion heat of liquid and solid organic substances under high oxygen pressure. Equipment and technical data

Handbook Glass jacket system 01196-12 English P1223900

Set calorimetry

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Stainless steel body contents approx. 120 ml stainless steel lid with valve oxygen filling connection max. oxygen pressure 25 bar ignition wire.

04403-00

Set calorimetry, 230 V 43030-88 Cobra3 Data acquisition set for set calorimetry 43030-30 Calorimeter, transparent, volume appr. 1200 ml 04402-00

excellence in science 450

Function and Applications

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.8 Electrical Properties

Charge transport in solids

Principle Measuring the temperature dependence of the resistivity of solids provides information on the mechanism of conduction and charge transport in solids. Tasks Determine the temperature coefficient of iron wire, copper wire and constantan wire in the range of room temperature to 95°C. What you can learn about ▪ ▪

Electron conductivity Ion conductivity

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3060111

Charge transport in liquids (Drying oven required!) (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit) P3060211

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 451

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.8 Electrical Properties

Determination of the activity coefficient by a conductivity measurement

Equivalent conductivity Ion mobility Conductivity Interionic action

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3060801

excellence in science 452

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.9 Refractive index and rotation angle

Boiling point diagram of a binary mixture

Determine the refractive indiced of the pure components and about 10 different mixtures of known composition. Plot the boiling point diagram of the binary mixtured of methanol and chloroform.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Fundamentals of distillation Equilibrium diagram Chemical potential Activity coefficient Raoult's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3030401

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 453

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.9 Refractive index and rotation angle

Kinetics of the inversion of saccharose

Principle The inversion reaction of saccharose, which is catalysed by protons, produces invert sugar, which is a mixture of glucose and fructose. The reaction is accompanied by a change in the optical rotation of the system. Glucose rotates the polarisation plane of linearly polarised light to the right, while inverted sugar rotates it to the left. A half-shade polarimeter is used for the measurement of the change in the angle of rotation of polarised ligh during the inversion reaction of saccharose over time. Tasks 1. 2.

Determine the specific rotation of saccharose and lactose by measuring the rotation angle of solutions of various concentrations. Determine the rate constant of the inversion of saccharose.

What you can learn about Reaction rate, First order reaction, Polarimetry, Optical rotation Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3050301

Abbe refractometer Function and applications Abbe refractometer for measuring the refraction index of liquids and solids with light of 590nm wavelength (sodium D line) and determining average dispersion nC-nF. The refractive index scale also includes an additional scale indicating sugar content from 0 - 95%. The prism and scales can be illuminated by daylight or by a separate lighting unit. Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measurement range: refractive indices 1.3-1.7 Sugar content scale: 0-95%, corresponding to refractive indices from 1.33 to 1.53 Precision: 0.0003 Prism box with nozzles for connecting thermostats Protective storage box Adjustable glass plates 1 Bottle of immersion liquid (1-bromonaphthalene) Conversion and correction tables Thermometer, 0-70°C, with removable protective sleeve

35912-00

excellence in science 454

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.9 Refractive index and rotation angle

Half-shade polarimeter, 230 V AC Function and Application Half-shade polarimeter Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Polarimeter support with built-inlight source and filters polarimeter tube length 100 and 200 mm 2 scales 0-180 degrees division 1 degree vernier reading 0.05degrees with nonius light source sodium lamp 589 nm

35906-93

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 455

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.10 Stoichiometry

Law of integer ratio of volumes

Law of constant proportions Avogadro's law Gay-Lussac's law of chemical volumes General equation of state for ideal gases Gay-Lussac's first law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3031401

Gay-Lussac's law of volumes P1223551

excellence in science 456

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.11 Molar mass determination

Determination of molar mass using the ideal gas law

Principle All gases may be considered, to a first approximation, to obey the ideal gas equation which relates the pressure p, volume V, temperature T and amount of substance n of a gas. The amount of gas n is expressed as the number of moles and is equal to m / M where m is the mass of gas present and M is the mass of one mole of the gas. The volume occupied by a known mass of gas is to be measured at a given temperature and pressure, so that the ideal das equation can be used to estimate the molar mass of the gas. Tasks Determine the molar masses of the gases helium, nitrogen, carbon dioxide and methane. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Molar mass and relative molar mass Properties of gases Ideal and ordinary gases Equations of state

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3010401

Determination of the molecular mass of a liquid P3010501 Determination of the molar masses of metals P1309400

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 457

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.11 Molar mass determination

Boiling point elevation

Principle The boiling point of a solution is always higher than that of the pure solvent. The dependence of the temperature difference (elevated boiling point) on the concentration of the solute can be determined using a suitable apparatus. Tasks 1. 2. 3.

Measure the increase in the boiling point of water as a function of the concentration of table salt, urea and hydroquinone. Investigate the relationship between the increase in boiling point and the number of pellets. Determine the molar mass of the solute from the relationship between the increase in boiling point and the concentration.

What you can learn about Raoult's law, Henry's law, Ebullioscopic constants, Chemical potential, Gibbs-Helmholtz equation, Concentration ratio, Degree of dissociation Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3021001

Freezing point depression P3021101

excellence in science 458

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.12 Diffusion and osmosis

Diffusion in gases: the diffusion coefficient of bromine in air

Principle Diffusion arises from the flow of matter down a concentration gradient. In the evaporation method, a stationary concentration gradient is achieved in which the concentration decreases linearly with distance. Under these conditions the diffusion coefficient of the diffusing substance may be calculated by a direct application of Fick's first law of diffusion. Tasks Measure the diffusion coefficient of bromine in air using an evaporation method. What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Kinetic theory of gases Transport properties Fick's laws of diffusion Self and mutual diffusion coefficients Alternative techniques e.g. Loschmidt's method

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3010301

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 459

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.12 Diffusion and osmosis

Determination of diffusion potentials

Principle An electrochemical potential establishes itself at the interface between two solutions of different ion concentrations. The magnitude of this is determined by the concentration ratio and the transference numbers of the ions involved. This potential difference can be measured as a function of the concentration at semi-permeable and ion-selective membranes. Tasks 1. 2.

Measure the diffusion potential as a function of the concentration gradient at a cellophane membrane and at a cation-selective membrane. Determine the transference numbers of the ions in HCl, naCl and KCl.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Concentration cells with transport Transference numbers Semi-permeable membrane Selectively permeable membrane Nernst equation

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3061101

excellence in science 460

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.12 Diffusion and osmosis

Brownian molecular motion

Principle Molecules in liquids are relatively free to move. They can transfer their energy to neighbouring molecules, causing them to oscillate. This allows the motion of the molecules to be observed indirectly simply using a microscope. Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Allgemeine und anorganische Chemie 1 01835-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Inorganic Chemistry 1 01835-02 English TESS advanced Química manual Química Generale Inorgánica 1 01835-04 Spanish P1024800

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 461

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.13 Reaction kinetics

Reaction speed and activation energy of the acid hydrolysis of ethyl acetate

Principle In acid solution, ethyl acetate is hydrolysed to equivalent quantities of ethanol and acetic acid according to a pseudo-first order rate law. The alkalimetric determination of the acetic acid formed enables conclusions to be drawn on the temporal concentration of ester. Tasks 1. 2.

Determine the reaction rate constant for the acidolysis of ethyl acetate at two (or more) temperatures. Calculate the activation energy of the reaction from the temperature dependence of the measured rate constants.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Reaction rate Reaction rate constant Rate law for first and second order reactions Reactions with pseudo order Arrhenius equation Activation energy

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3050201

excellence in science 462

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.13 Reaction kinetics

Halogen exchange rate

Principle Alkyl halides experience rapid halogen exchange reactions in appropriate solvents. These substitution reactions occur according to an SN2 mechanism. Their velocity can be advantageously monitored via conductivity measurements if the ion mobilities in question clearly differ, or the number of charge carriers changes in the course of the reaction. Tasks Measure the specific conductivities of solutions of various concentrations of sodium iodide in acetone. Subsequently determine the temporal concentrations of the co-reactants for the reaction of propyl bromide with sodium iodide (Finkelstein reaction) in acetone at 30掳C. Based on the experimental data, establish the valid order of reaction and determine the rate constant. What you can learn about Reaction rate, Rate laws for first and higher order reactions , Conductometry Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3050701

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 463

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.13 Reaction kinetics

Conductometric measurement of the saponification of esters (with the Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

Principle Carboxylic acid esters are saponified in an alkaline medium according to the second order reaction rate (law). In the process, hydroxide ions with a high ion mobility are consumed in reaction with an ester. The temporal course of reaction can thus be advantageously monitored by using the measurements of the changing conductance. Tasks Determine the reaction rate constant for the saponification of ethyl butyrate in an ethanol-water mixture at 50째C via the conductance measurements. What you can learn about Reaction rate, Reaction rate constant, Reaction molecularity, Reaction order, First and second order reaction rates (laws), Conductance and conductance measurements (conductometry) Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3050840

Conductometric measurement of the saponification of esters (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit) P3050811

excellence in science 464

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.13 Reaction kinetics

Enzyme kinetics: determination of the Michaelis-Menton constant (with the Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

Michaelis-Menton mechanism Reaction rate Enzyme kinetics Bodenstein principle Electrolytic conductivity

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3050940

Enzyme kinetics: determination of the Michaelis-Menton constant (with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit) P3050911

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 465

3.4 Physical chemistry, material properties 3.4.13 Reaction kinetics

Immersion thermostat Alpha A, 230 V

Benefits ▪

The clearly arranged keyboard allows easy operation of the instrument, which is distinguished by not only being capable of displaying conductivity, but also derived quantities.

Equipment and technical data ▪

cell connection via a5 pin diode socket.

▪

The following quantities are displayed: conductivity, specific resistance, concentration, temperature

▪ ▪ ▪

31/2 digit demonstrative display,height of digits 20 mm Automatic temperature compensation Standard value of cell constants manually changeable or automatic calibration with standard calibration solution RS 232 interface and software for datatransfer to a computer for storage Automatic selection of measuring range and display of the units: µS/cm ormS/cm ? cm or k? cm mg/l or g/l °C. Conductivity measuring range 0,001.200mS/cm; concentration c = constant k ing/l or mg/l (the constant is dependenton the dissolved salts); interface RS232; mains supply 230 V/ 50...60 Hz.

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

13701-93 Function and Applications Immersion circulator with simple,reliable options for obtaining consistent results. Compact unit can be combined with any existing baths up to 25 mm wallthickness.

Cobra3 Chem-Unit

Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Wide temperature range to meet application needs. Digital settings for simple operation. Strong pump for high temperature conformity. To be used with water as heat transfer liquid. Screw clamp for bath walls up to 25 mm. Robust design using high grade stainless steel and temperature resistant polymer. Wear-free; integrated overload protection

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Heater capacity: 1.5 kW Temperature accuracy: ± 0.05 K Working temperature range: 25 to 85°C With additional cooling: -25 to 85°C Power supply: 230 V; 50-60 Hz Dimensions (WxDxH): 125 x 125 x 300 mm

Accessories ▪ ▪

Cooling coil (08493-01) Pump set (08493-02)

Function and Applications Allows to measure all important measuring quantities in chemistry and biology. Benefits You can run the ChemUnit with a computer (via serialinterface) or without a computer (combined with the Com-Unit). Equipment and technical data Inputs:

08493-93

▪

Digital conductivity meter

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Function and Applications For measurement of the conductivity of liquids in combination with a conductivity probe.

excellence in science 466

pH/Potential: 0...14 pH (0.01 pH); -2.2...+2.2 V (+/-1mV) 10 GigaOhm, BNC Conductivity: 6 ranges of measurement: 0...1000 mS/cm; pH/Potential and Conductivity are electrically isolated Temperature: NiCr-Ni-Thermoelement T1,T2,T3; -100 to +1500 degr.C Temperature: Pt1000 sensor T4; -100 to +850 degr.C Temperature sensor in housing T0; 0 to 85 degr.C. Analog in 3 ranges of measur. +/-3.2V; 32V; 81V TTL In/Out for drop counter or motor piston burett Voltage output 5V / 0.2A e.g.for drop counter Connections RS232-D-Sub-9 jack-Bit rate up to 115200 bit/s Voltage supply 12V / 6W shock-resistant plastic housing with support bases, a wide range of fixing possibilities and two lateral connectors for cascading further units

12153-00

3 Chemistry 3.5 Special subjects

Special subjects 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3

Technical methods Plastics chemistry Food chemistry, Everyday chemistry

468 469 471

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 467

3.5 Special subjects 3.5.1 Technical methods

Electrostatic flue gas cleaning

simplifications undertaken relative to industrial scale desulphurisation make it easy to understand the process. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1310000

Thermite process, demonstr. set

Principle This experiment modelling the principal functions of an electrostatic filter can also be set up conveniently as a complete experiment on the comprehensive experiments panel. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English

Function and Applications For the simple and safe demonstration of the thermite process. After melting the liquid steel flows down through the steelclosing platelet of the reaction crucible into the receiving crucible below. Equipment and technical data â&#x2013;Ş

P1309200

Supplied completely, including all material neccessary.

36685-00

Model experiment on the desulphurisation of flue gas

Biodiesel from New Vegetable Oil Lab Activity

Function and Applications

Principle German coal contains an average of one tonne of sulphur per 100 tonnes of coal. During combustion, this generates in about two tonnes of sulphur dioxide. Thus, a large 700-megawatt power plant which burns about 200 tonnes of coal per hour produces about 100 tonnes of sulphur dioxide per day. These days of course, such a large quantity of a pollutant can no longer be simply released into the air, therefore these flue gases have to be desulphurised. This model experiment provides a simple demonstration of the chemical processes of flue gas desulphurisation as it is carried out in power plants today. The clear, compact setup and the

excellence in science 468

Students explore green solutions to environmental issues by implementing chemistry techniques to convert new vegetable oil to diesel fuel. The final products are nontoxic and biodegradable; and the cleaned, dry biodiesel product is road ready for any diesel powered vehicle. Equipment and technical data The kit, developed by teacher, Pam Temons, contains instructions and enough material for 10 setups. Accessories A fume hood is required to perform a portion of this activity. 89011-00

3.5 Special subjects 3.5.2 Plastics chemistry

Properties of plastics (2): determination of the density of plastics

Step-growth polymerisation (2): production of nylon

Principle Principle Plastics have different densities. Along with many other properties, this characteristic can be used to differentiate and identify them - factors which play an important role in the sorting of plastic waste for recycling, for example. Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Polymerchemie 01838-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Chemistry of Polymers 01838-02 English TESS advanced Química manual Química de los Polimeros 01838-04 Spanish P1171100

Polyaddition (2): formation of polyurethane

The reaction of sebacoyl chloride with hexamethylenediamine forms Nylon 610®. The two components are dissolved in two solvents of different density which do not mix with one another. For this reason, a reaction can take place only at the contact surface between the two phases. This interfacial polymerisation makes it possible to pull a continuous string from the glass beaker (rope trick). The test can also be carried out without the winding reel pictured here. In that case the nylon thread is simply wound up onto a glass rod. Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Polymerchemie 01838-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Chemistry of Polymers 01838-02 English TESS advanced Química manual Química de los Polimeros 01838-04 Spanish P1172100

Principle The reaction of dialcohols with diisocyanates forms polyurethane. This is an example of a polyaddition reaction. The reaction releases heat which causes a foaming agent (water) to foam up the plastic that is formed.

Modification of plastics (5): production of polystyrene foam

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Polymerchemie 01838-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Chemistry of Polymers 01838-02 English TESS advanced Química manual Química de los Polimeros 01838-04 Spanish P1172500 Principle Polystyrene containing n-pentane as a foaming agent can easily increase its original volume by 20 to 50 times when heated with steam. If pre-foamed polystyrene of this type is sintered together in a closed mould to make a section with a closed cell structure, the resulting moulded polystyrene foam part exhibits high strength at low density and is therefore ideally suited for packaging material and for thermal and sound insulation boards. The experiment uses simple materials to help students understand this industrial processing technique.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 469

3.5 Special subjects 3.5.2 Plastics chemistry

Literature for this experiment as follows:

TESS Chemistry set 4, Polymers

TESS Chemie Handbuch Polymerchemie 01838-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Chemistry of Polymers 01838-02 English TESS advanced Química manual Química de los Polimeros 01838-04 Spanish P1173000

Tyndall effect in macromolecules

Function and Applications This chemistry equipment system Chemistry of Polymers consists of 2 interdependent equipments sets which are required to perform 36 experiments. Equipment and technical data

Principle An iris diaphragm is used to bundle the light from a torch, which is then passed through a glass beaker filled with sample solution. In a pure sodium chloride solution, the beam of light is invisible. In a polymer solution, however, scattered light is clearly visible from the side. This so-called 'Tyndall effect' occurs only if the size of the dissolved particles falls within the range of the wavelength of visible light. The test procedure describes how to proceed using a polymer solution, but the test can also be run for a biology class in the same way using a filtered egg white solution. Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Polymerchemie 01838-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Chemistry of Polymers 01838-02 English TESS advanced Química manual Química de los Polimeros 01838-04 Spanish P1170200

Mold, spherical, diameter 40mm

Function and Applications For the foaming of polystyrene. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

2 hemispherical aluminium parts with screws with which they can be tightly fastened together and opened up again External diameter: 63 mm Internal diameter: 40 mm

35033-00

excellence in science 470

Syringe, 10ml, Luer 10 pcs , Cannula, 20 pcs 1, PVC tubing, d=7mm, l=1m, Litmus paper blue, booklet , Cardboard beakers, 150ml, 5 pcs , Iron basin, hemispherical , 1 Dish,plastic,150x150x65mm, 2 Funnel, d= 80mm, glass , 1Mold, spherical, 1Glass beaker, short, 150 ml , 2Glass beaker, short, 250 ml, 2Glass beaker, short, 400 ml , 2 Test tube , 3 Test tube, side arm, 1Erlenmeyer flask, narrow neck, 1Erlenmeyer flask, wide neck , 1Graduated pipette, 1 ml , 1Graduated pipette, 5 ml , 1Graduated cylinder, 10 ml, 1Graduated cylinder, 50 ml , 1Glass tube, right-angled,60+85mm, 1Glass tube, right-angled,155+85mm, 1Test tube, 10 pcs, 1Students thermometer,-10..+110°C, 1Lab thermometer,-10..+250°C, 1Lighter, 1Flints, 3 pcs, 1 Rubber stopper,w/o hole 22/17mm , 2 Rubber stopper,w. hole 22/17mm , 3 Rubber stopper,w/o hole 32/26mm , 1Sieve, fine mesh, 1Painters brush, hard, 1Pipettor, bulb, 3 valves , 1Scissors, 1Petri dish, d=40mm , 2Petri dish, d=100mm 13293-88

TESS Chemistry set 2 Basic Set 13298-88 TESS Chemistry manual Chemistry of Polymers 01838-02

3.5 Special subjects 3.5.3 Food chemistry, Everyday chemistry

TESS Chemistry set 5 Food Chemistry

Toothpaste Evaluation Lab Activity

Function and Applications

Function and Applications This chemistry equipment system Food Chemistry consists of 2 interdependent equipments sets which are required to perform 52 experiments to the following topics: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Proteins (4 Experiments) Fat (14 Experiments) Beverage (3 Experiments) Spices (1 Experiments) Carbohydrate (15 Experiments) Vitamines and minerals (2 Experiments) Water (3 Experiments) Additives (10 Experiments)

This educational activity not only reinforces basic laboratory skills, but also allows students to gauge the value of various toothpastes. By using their own samples, students' interest levels will be raised and their understanding of basic concepts will be increased. They will evaluate the percent of solids, pH, foam formation, abrasive action, and the presence of several ingredients. Equipment and technical data It comes with enough materials for 12 setups, instructor's and assessment manuals, and student data sheets. 87920-00

Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

complete device set: simple implementation of the experiments rugged storage: durable, easy to store (stackable), fast verification of the integrity (foam insert) experimental literature available for students and teachers: minimal preparation time adjusted to the education plans: all topics covered

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪

The device set consists of all the components necessary for the experiments Sturdy, stackable storage box with molded foam insert device

Accessories ▪ ▪

Manual 01839-02 TESS Chemistry Set 2, also required 13298-88

13294-88

TESS Chemistry set 2 Basic Set 13298-88 TESS Chemistry manual Food Chemistry 01839-02

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 471

3.5 Special subjects 3.5.3 Food chemistry, Everyday chemistry

excellence in science 472

3 Chemistry 3.6 Preparative chemistry

Preparative chemistry 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.6.4

Chemical synthesis Working with gases Extraction Distillation

474 475 477 478

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 473

3.6 Preparative chemistry 3.6.1 Chemical synthesis

Reaction of aldehydes with ammonia

Synthesis of ethyl acetate and butyl acetate Principle Carboxylic acids and alcohols can react with esters under suitable conditions. Water forms as a by-product and, under the properly selected reaction conditions, it can be continuously separated by means of a distilling trap (Dean-Stark apparatus). The progress of the reaction can be followed very clearly based on the quantity of water separated. The set-up depicted here with components from the comprehensive chemistry/biotechnology experiment set enables optimum visibility of the glass equipment and can be set up rapidly. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1309100

Principle Aldehydes are not only easily oxidised, they are also capable of addition reactions. In this way, the addition of dried gaseous ammonia to an ethereal solution of acetaldehyde forms 1-aminoethanol, which precipitates out of the solution as a solid. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1308700

excellence in science 474

3.6 Preparative chemistry 3.6.2 Working with gases

Carbon dioxide, preparation and properties

Preparation of methane

Principle Principle Carbon dioxide can be obtained very simply from carbonates (e.g. marble) by dripping acid onto them. The properties of the gas obtained in this way can then be investigated with little difficulty. The student experiment described here demonstrates, among other things, two of the most important properties of carbon dioxide: the density of the gas is greater than that of air and it can extinguish flames. Literature for this experiment as follows:

With the help of the simple experiment set-up shown here, methane can be made from aluminium carbide and water. If the methane gas is collected in a test tube, it is then possible to investigate its properties. Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Organische Chemie 01837-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Organic Chemistry 01837-02 English

TESS Chemie Handbuch Allgemeine und anorganische Chemie 1 01835-01 German

TESS Chemie Handbuch Chemie 01841-01 German

TESS Chemistry manual Inorganic Chemistry 1 01835-02 English

TESS Chemistry manual Chemistry 01841-02 English

TESS advanced Química manual Química Generale Inorgánica 1 01835-04 Spanish

TESS advanced Química manual Química General,Inorgánica e Orgánica 01841-04 Spanish

TESS Chemie Handbuch Chemie 01841-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Chemistry 01841-02 English

P1036500

TESS advanced Química manual Química General,Inorgánica e Orgánica 01841-04 Spanish P1026300

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 475

3.6 Preparative chemistry 3.6.2 Working with gases

Chemical fountain

Synthesis of water Principle In the apparatus, hydrogen is burned in a pure oxygen atmosphere, whereby water is generated as a reaction product. In a complete conversion, 100 ml of hydrogen combines with 50 ml of oxygen, i.e. the volume ratio of the reaction is 2 to 1.

2 H2 + O2 -> 2 H2O The mass of the water produced can be determined by weighing out the combustion chamber before and after the reaction on an analytical balance. That mass and the quantity of material calculated from the volume of the hydrogen can be used to determine the molar mass of the water. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English Principle Some gases such as hydrogen chloride dissolve readily in water. For example, 1 litre of water at 20째C can dissolve approximately 443 litres of hydrogen chloride. For example, vacuum builds up quickly in a closed flask when the gas comes in contact with water, because the gas dissolves in the water and additional water is drawn into the flask. This is the basis of how the chemical fountain works - an exciting way to demonstrate the solubility of gases in water. In the variant depicted here, the hydrogen chloride is generated, fills the flask of the fountain and causes the fountain to fizz - all in a single apparatus. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1310100

excellence in science 476

P1312100

3.6 Preparative chemistry 3.6.3 Extraction

How can the purity of fats be tested?

How can the fat content of foodstuffs be determined in a quantitative manner?

Principle A small share of vegetable and animal fats cannot be saponified. For this reason, that part is referred to as the 'unsaponifiable' component. It is a mixture of different organic substances such as hydrocarbons, sterols, dyes and vitamins. In order to determine this 'unsaponifiable' share of fats, they are first saponified with caustic potash. Ligroin is then used to extract the unsaponified fraction from the reaction mixture. Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Lebensmittelchemie 01839-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Food Chemistry 01839-02 English P1266100

Principle The discussion of healthy nutrition focuses on the fat content of foodstuffs. For this reason, it is important to know the exact fat content of individual foodstuffs. The experiment shown here presents a method for the quantitative determination of the fat content of foodstuffs by extraction using a Soxhlet apparatus. This small size of this Soxhlet extractor makes it possible to extract small quantities using extremely small amounts of solvent. Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Lebensmittelchemie 01839-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Food Chemistry 01839-02 English P1266000

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 477

3.6 Preparative chemistry 3.6.4 Distillation

Boiling point diagram of a binary mixture

Determine the refractive indiced of the pure components and about 10 different mixtures of known composition. Plot the boiling point diagram of the binary mixtured of methanol and chloroform.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Fundamentals of distillation Equilibrium diagram Chemical potential Activity coefficient Raoult's law

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3030401

excellence in science 478

3.6 Preparative chemistry 3.6.4 Distillation

Determination of the number of theoretical trays in a distillation column

Principle The separation power of a rectification (fractionating) column can be determined using an appropriate binary mixture whose equilibrium composition is measured in the distillation flask and in the domed glass head of the distillation apparatus. The number of theoretical trays can be numerically or graphically obtained from the measured values. Tasks 1. 2.

Prepare 10 mixtures of methyl cyclohexane and n-heptane with substance ratios (mole fractions) from 0 to 1 and with step width of approximately 0.1. To record a calibration curve, determine the refractive indices of the mixtures and plot them against the mole fractions. Distill a mixture of methyl cyclohexane and n-heptane in a rectification column with total reflux until an equilibrium has been established. Determine the composition of the condensate and the number of theoretical trays in the column for a thoughput of 500 and 1000 ml/h.

What you can learn about Bubble tray column, Rectification, Raoult's law, Henry's / Dalton's law, Boiling-point diagram, Reflux ratio Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3031501

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 479

3.6 Preparative chemistry 3.6.4 Distillation

Fractional distillation with the bubble tray column (with the Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

excellence in science 480

3.6 Preparative chemistry 3.6.4 Distillation

Distillation

For this reason, in order to determine alcohol content by density, the alcohol must be separated out by means of distillation prior to the determination. This corresponds to the official method which currently applies for measuring alcohol in wines. First the wine is titrated to neutrality against bromothymol blue. After transfer to the distillation apparatus, two thirds of this wine sample is distilled off into the receiver flask. Subsequently the distillate is filled back up to the original volume again. Now the density is measured with a pycnometer or hydrometer. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1308900

Principle In the experiment introduced here, a mixture of water and methylated spirits made up by students themselves is to be separated into its components. The alcohol contained in the mixture will be distilled and collected in a conical flask. The simple distillation apparatus used here is made of nothing more than a distillation flask with a cooling jacket fitted to a nozzle in the neck and is highly suitable for introducing students to the basic principles of distillation.

Model experiment on the fractional distillation of petroleum

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Allgemeine und anorganische Chemie 1 01835-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Inorganic Chemistry 1 01835-02 English TESS advanced Química manual Química Generale Inorgánica 1 01835-04 Spanish P1023200

Distillation - determination of the alcohol content of wine

Principle When the model experiment on the distillation of petroleum is conducted using the comprehensive chemistry/biotechnology experiments system, the glass equipment clearly stands out against the dark background of the large-format base plate. The strong contrast between this subdued background and glass equipment makes it easy for observers to recognise and understand the experiment set-up. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1308600

Principle If the alcohol content of a wine is determined directly with an alcohol meter (hydrometer), the resulting alcohol content reading is approximately 0% by volume. This is due to the composition of the wine. The effect of the alcohol on the density is cancelled out by other components such as sugars, acids, essential oils, etc.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 481

3.6 Preparative chemistry 3.6.4 Distillation

Fractionation of petroleum

Rectification system

Function and Applications

For setup of the rectification system, rack system for distillation apparatus (35917-00) and distillation system, unsilvered (35917-88), are required:

Apparatus for demonstrating fractional distillation of petroleum. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 2 1 1 4 4 1

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

H-shaped "PASS" base with 5 spans stainless steel stand bases, 18/8, l = 750 mm, d = 12 mm NS 19/26 to GL 18/8 attachment NS 19/26 to GL 25/12 attachment attachment to NS 19/26 nozzles Dimroth cooler, GL 25/12 round-bottom flask, 100 ml, 2 necks, GL 25/12, GL 18/8 round-bottom flask, 250 ml, 2 necks, NS 19/26 recovery tube, GL 18/8 bubble-cap column model with two sections drying tube, straight, 200 mm, SB 19 double clamps-cross clamps universal clamp, adjustment screw on moving side lab thermometers, -10 ... +150°C lab thermometers with immersion shaft, -10 ... +250°C lab thermometer, -10 ... +250°C rubber hose, internal diameter = 8 mm hose clips for diameter = 8-12 mm, single-piece joining clips, plastic, NS 19 set of 10 Teflon sleeves, NS 19

35914-88

Set rectification plant, 230 V 35918-88 Data acquisitation set for set rectification plant, 230 V 35918-50

Rack system for distillation apparatus (35917-00) Stable frame for setup of the distillation system (35917-88) consisting of: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Preassembled frame of powder-coated 22 mm steel pipes, with chrome-plated socket couplings 2 Installation wrenches Chemical-resistant shelf for temperature-measuring gauges, etc Fire-protection trough with fire protection for the collection of inflammable liquid possibly discharging Dimensions (WxHxD): 70 cm x 200 cm x 35 cm

Distillation system, unsilvered (35917-88) System for the distillation separation of mixtures difficult to separate, and for the demonstration of the principles of rectification, consisting of: 2 Packed columns, unsilvered, h = 400 mm, 2 Column adapter pieces, unsilvered, 1 Column head with intensive cooler, unsilvered, 1 Immersion tube with PTFE valve, 1 Sampling device with 2 PTFE valves, 1 Liebig condenser for distillation systems with vacuum stopping device, GL 25/12, 1 Receiver for distillation systems with 2 PTFE valves, 50 ml, GL 25/12, 185 g mesh wire rings with cross-piece, steel, 2 Column holders, 10 Teflon collars, NS 29, 2 Extension pieces, NS 29/32 on GL 18/8, 1 Extension piece, NS 29/32 on GL 25/12, 2 Adhesion columns, 6 Hose protections for d = 5-12 mm, 2 Hose protections for d = 10-17 mm, 1 Pipetting ball, 12 m PVC hose, di = 7 mm, 1 Protective sleeve for temperature sensor, glass, overall length 450 mm, 10 Injectors, 10 ml, LUER, 20 Cannulae, 0.60 x 60 mm, LUER, 4 Polished face clamps, plastic, NS 29, 10 Covers, GL 18, 100 Fixing strips, universal For implementation of distillation, the following are additionally required: ▪ Distillation flask (e.g. 4-neck flask, 6000 ml) ▪ Heating for distillation flask ▪ Thermometer or electronic temperature detector ▪ Distillation product Rack-system for distillation apparatus 35917-00 Distillation system, without silvering 35917-88

excellence in science 482

3.6.4 Distillation 3.6.4.1 Filtration

Filtration, magnetic separation

What components is starch made of?

Principle This experiment to be performed by students themselves, demonstrates how a mixture of salt and sand can be separated into its components. This involves adding some water to a mixture of solid salt and solid sand to make a suspension which is then poured through a filter paper. The sand will remain in the filter while the salt will dissolve into a solution which passes through the filter into a beaker underneath. Literature for this experiment as follows: Software interTESS Chemistry, DVD 01060-00 TESS Chemie Handbuch Allgemeine und anorganische Chemie 1 01835-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Inorganic Chemistry 1 01835-02 English TESS advanced Química manual Química Generale Inorgánica 1 01835-04 Spanish TESS Chemie Handbuch Chemie 01841-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Chemistry 01841-02 English

Principle Starch consists of the polysaccharides amylose and amylopectin. Their different solubility in water makes it possible to separate these two components from one another by heating the starch with water and pouring the warm solution through a pleated filter. Due to its poor solubility in water, the undissolved amylopectin is trapped by the filter while the aqueous amylose solution collects in the glass beaker. Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS Chemie Handbuch Lebensmittelchemie 01839-01 German TESS Chemistry manual Food Chemistry 01839-02 English P1261900

TESS advanced Química manual Química General,Inorgánica e Orgánica 01841-04 Spanish P1023000

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 483

3.6.4 Distillation 3.6.4.1 Filtration

excellence in science 484

3 Chemistry 3.7 Photometry and spectroscopy

Photometry and spectroscopy 3.7.1 3.7.2

Diode array spectrometer and spectral set Photometer and spectrometer

486 487

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 485

3.7 Photometry and spectroscopy 3.7.1 Diode array spectrometer and spectral set

Measurespec spectrometer with cuvette holder and light source

Cuvette holder: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Supplied with plug-in power supply and optical fibres Type of lamp: tungsten (lifetime approx. 2000 hours) Optical fibres: 50 µm x 2 m 2 optical fibre connectors: SMA 905 Size of cuvettes: 1 cm x 1 cm Power supply: 100 ... 240 V / 50 ... 60 Hz Dimensions (mm): 95 x 51 x 46

Accessories Matching cuvettes: ▪ ▪

Cuvettes for spectral photometer, optical glass, 12 x 12 x 45 mm, set of 2 (35664-02) Polystyrene macro-cuvette, 12 x 12 x 44 mm, 4 ml, set of 100 (35663-10)

35610-88

Function and Applications This set consisting of a Measurespec spectrometer (35610-00) and a cuvette holder and light source for the Measurespec (35610-99) makes it possible to record both emission and absorption spectra. The light to be investigated is guided by optical fibres to a grid fixed inside the spectrometer, which disperses it into its spectral colours. The spectrum is recorded with the aid of a CCD array, which records the entire spectrum at once, making it possible to reliably record rapid changes in the spectrum itself. The spectra can be displayed and stored by means of the supplied software with its versatile functionality. The spectrometer is connected to a PC via a USB port, which also suffices to supply power to the spectrometer, so that no additional supply is needed. The cuvette holder holds standard cuvettes measuring 1 cm x 1 cm. The built-in light source makes it possible to record absorption spectra for solutions. The rapid measuring rate of the spectrometer even allows the speed of reactions involving changes in colour to be measured (reaction kinetics). Light having passed through the cuvette is guided into the spectrometer via optical fibre. Fibres for fluorescence measurements can also be attached at 90° to the path of the incident light. Benefits Spectrometer: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Robust aluminium case Rapid measurement of full spectral range Flexible introduction of light to be investigated by means of optical fibres No additional power supply required Measurement of emission spectra and absorption spectra Intuitive "measure" software for controlling the apparatus and recording spectra

Cuvette holder: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Robust aluminium case Long-lived tungsten lamp Flexible introduction of light to be investigated by means of optical fibres Universal power supply via plug-in transformer Measurement of absorption spectra, fluorescence spectra, reaction kinetics

Equipment and technical data Spectrometer: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Supplied with software, USB cable and optical fibres Range of wavelengths: 350...850 nm Detector: silicon CCD array Resolution: 4 nm Connection to computer: USB Optical fibre connection: SMA 905 Dimensions (mm): 170 x 126 x 55

excellence in science 486

3.7 Photometry and spectroscopy 3.7.2 Photometer and spectrometer

Distribution equilibrium

Principle At constant temperature and under constant pressure, a dissolved substance distributes itself between two immiscible liquids in a constant concentration ratio. This ratio is equal to the partition coefficient (distribution coefficient) of the substance examined in the given twophase system. Tasks Measure the extinction of various concentrated solutions of trans-azobenzene in acetonitrile at constant wavelength. Subsequently determine the equilibrium concentrations (extinctions) of trans-azobenzene in the system n-heptane / acetonitrile after single and repeated distribution at constant temperature. 2. Calculate the partition coefficients and effectiveness of the extractions from the experimental data and compare them. 1.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Principles of thermodynamics Partial molar free enthalpy (chemical potential) Equilibrium between phases Distribution and extraction Nernst distribution equation Lambert-Beer law Photometry

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3030701

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 487

3.7 Photometry and spectroscopy 3.7.2 Photometer and spectrometer

Dissociation constants Principle The coloured indicator thymol blue is a weak acid that is partially dissociated in aqueous solution, whereby non-ionized and ionized forms show absorption maximums at different wavelengths in the visible range. Photometric measurements in the visible spectral range can therefore be used to advantage to determine the postion of the Ka and pKa values of the indicator which characterize disscociation equilibrium. Tasks 1. 2.

Experimentally determine the extinction (absorbance) of an aqueous solution of thymol blue (thymolsulphonephthalein) in dilute HCl, NaOH and a buffer of known pH values as a function of wavelength between 400 and 700 nm at constant concentration and constant temperature. Calculate the dissociation constant (indicator constant) Ka from the measurement results.

What you can learn about True and potential electrolytes Strong and weak acids Law of mass action Dissociation constants and pKa values Henderson-Hasselbalch- equation UV-visible spectrometry Lambert-Beer's Law Photometry

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3031101

Absorption of light (UV-VIS spectroscopy) Principle The structures of molecules are not changed by their chemical environment in the gas phase. In contrast to this, on transition to the condensed phase, in dilute solution, the solvent changes the binding state of the dissolved substance. One of the way this influence makes itself shown is in the elctron spectrum (solvatochromatic shift). Tasks 1. 2. 3.

Plot and discuss UV-visible absorption spectra of methyl orange in various solvents. From the decadic molar extinction coefficients of the bands in the visible range, determine the type of electron transition that causes these bands. Plot the wavelengths of the absorption maxima in the visible range against the dielectric constants of the various solvents.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Absorption of light Electron excitation Influence of solvents Solvatochromic, hypsochromic and bathochromic shifts Lambert-Beer's Law Decadic molar extinction coefficient

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3070101

excellence in science 488

3.7 Photometry and spectroscopy 3.7.2 Photometer and spectrometer

Absorption spectra and pKa values of p-methoxyphenol Principle For weak acids HA, the position of the Ka and pKa values that characterize the dissociation equilibrium in the ground state can be determined from photometric measurements in solutions having different pH values. Further to this, the pKa* value for the excited state is accessible from the spectrophotometric data. Tasks 1. 2.

Record near UV absorption spectra of p-methoxyphenol in dilute HCl, NaOH and 5 different borate buffer solutions of known pH. Calculate the pKa and pKa* values for the system.

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Ground and excitation states of molecules Electron excitation spectroscopy (UV-visible spectrometry) Spectroscopical energy and adsorption measurement Jablonski diagram and Förster cycle pKa and pKa* values Henderson-Hasselbalch equation Van't Hoff's reaction isotherms Gibbs-Helmholtz equation Lambert-Beer's Law Photometry

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3070401

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 489

3.7 Photometry and spectroscopy 3.7.2 Photometer and spectrometer

Reagent case for water analysis with filter photometer

Spectrophotometer, SPEC 5000, 335-1000 nm

Function and Applications The spectrophotometer is an easy to use device for measurement of the degree of absorption or transmission of liquid samples in the visible range (335...1000nm). Benefits Function and Applications This excursion case enables students to actively participate in the measurement of water parameters in your immediate neighbourhood. Rapid chemical analyses provide meaningful results in a very short time. The colourimetric tests can be reproducibly and exactly evaluated by using the portable filter photometer. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪

Compact water laboratory for mobile use with photometer, reagents and accessories in a new robust case with a premium foamed plastic insert increased accuracy and reproducibility by photometric evaluation of colourimetric tests economic refill packs with up to 200 determinations per parameter

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Reagent case with Photometer PF-12 incl. manual and 4 batteries with filters for the following wave lengths: 345 / 436 / 470 / 540 / 585 / 620 / 690 nm Software for transfering the measured data to a PC Manual with test instructions for test kits 4 empty tubes 1 funnel 1 beaker 25 ml 1 syringe 5 ml 1 syringe 1 ml 1 thermometer 2 titration syringes with dropping tips 2 titration test tubes The following test kits: Ammonium, iron, nitrate, nitrite, phosphate, pH , carbonate hardness and total hardness

The display shows the wavelength, the degree of absorption and transmission or the concentration respectively , it has RS232 resp. USB interfaces for connecting to a computer. Equipment and technical data Light source: Tungsten, Wavelength range: 335 ... 1000 nm, Wavelength precision: ± 2 nm, Wavelength repeatibility: ± 1 nm, Spectral bandwidth: 10 nm, Cuvette holder: for square cuvettes with external dimensions 12 mm x 12 mm, External dimensions (mm): 385 x 310 x190, Mains connection: 230 V, 50 Hz, Included: Two square cuvettes (glass), Data cable for connecting to PC, Two spare fuces (1 A) 35667-93

Spectrophotometer S800, 330...800 nm 35600-99 Repacement lamp for Spectrometer S800 and S1200 35600-01 Diode-array spectrometer S1200, 330...800 nm 35601-99 Repacement lamp for Spectrometer S800 and S1200 35600-01

Spectrophotometer 190-1100 nm

Accessories ▪ ▪ ▪

Ni-MH accumulators, Mignon, 1.2 V, 2000 mAh, Eneloop Type, 4 pcs. (07930-03) Fast Charging System for up to 4 Ni-MH accumulators, 100...240 V (07930-99) Refill packs of the test kits

30839-00 Function and Applications Spectrophotometer 190-1100 nm Benefits ▪ ▪

excellence in science 490

The UV-VIS spectral photometer is characterised by its compact design and due to its wide range of possible uses. Operation is via a clearly set out overlay keyboard on the screen dialogue.

3.7 Photometry and spectroscopy 3.7.2 Photometer and spectrometer

▪ ▪ ▪

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Current wavelengths and measured values can be displayed in large format. Alternatively, all measured values can also be presented graphically or in table format on the LCD screen with background lighting. Strong light, high performance optics enable absorption and transmission measurements to be taken in the whole wavelength range of 200 to 1100 nm with automatic switching between the twolight sources. A high speed scanner minimises the susceptibility to errors during a wavelength changeover and thusenables very precise measurement. Storage of measurement parameters,data, calibration curves, spectra,etc.Spectral scanning of samples with freely selectable wavelength range,automatic baseline correction and band/trough identification Production of a calibration curve withup to 10 concentration standards,details of the straight line formula,automatic correction against the zerosolution The device can be connected to aprinter or computer with a serial port via an installed Centronix or RS232interface.

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Table unit with fixed optical flint prism Swiveling observation telescope with ocular Scale tube with 100 division scale Flint glass prism 60°, height: 20 mm with removable cover Adjustable stand Total height: approx. 230 mm

35645-00

Spectrometer/goniom. w. vernier 35635-02 Diffraction grating, 600 lines/mm 08546-00

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Light sources: 1 Halogen lamp1 Deuterium lamp Wavelength range: 190-1100 nm Wavelength accuracy: ± 1 nm Wavelength repeatability: ± 0.3 nm Spectral bandwidth: 5 nm Photometric range: - 0.3 to 3 Abs0.0 to 200% Transmittance Long-term stability: ± 0.005 Abs/h Cuvette holder: for square cuvettes with external dimensions 12 mm × 12 mm Outputs: serial RS232C, parallel Centronix Dimensions (WxDxH): 420 x 380 x 275 mm Mains: 230 V~

Spectrophotometer 190-1100 nm 35655-93 Software f. UV-Spectrophotometer 35655-01 Lamp, Deuterium 1240 35655-02 Lamp, wolfram 35655-10

Spectroscope,Kirch.-Bunsen type

Function and applications For qualitative observation and measurement of emission and absorption spectra. Equipment and technical data

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 491

3.7 Photometry and spectroscopy 3.7.2 Photometer and spectrometer

excellence in science 492

3 Chemistry 3.8 Chromatography

Chromatography 3.8.1 3.8.2

Paper chromatography, thin layer chromatography and column chromatography Gas chromatography

494 495

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 493

3.8 Chromatography 3.8.1 Paper chromatography, thin layer chromatography and column chromatography

Column chromatography - separation of leaf pigments

TLC-experimentation set dyes

Function and Applications This set contains chemicals, chromatography chambers and auxiliary materials for carrying out the following separations: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Principle

of of of of

a lipophilic (fat soluble) dye mixture a mixture of anthraquinone dyes a mixture of food dyes felt-tipped pen colours

Equipment and technical data

In this investigation, a uniformly green raw extract of fresh leaves is first separated into different fractions by means of column chromatography. To do so, the extract is added to a column filled with starch and drawn through the column under slightly reduced pressure (to increase the flow rate of the mobile phase) with ligroin as the eluent. A separation occurs in a clearly recognisable, broad, yellow area and in a narrow, green band. This means that the xanthophylls (yellow) are separated from the chlorophylls (green). If the vacuum is reduced during the separation, the separation is much better, but then separation also takes considerably longer. Each of the separation fractions can be collected individually and characterised by recording their absorption spectra, if necessary, or examined for fluorescence by radiation with UV light. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1309300

excellence in science 494

Separation Separation Separation Separation

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Instructions for use 3 chromatography chambers 1 application template 50 TLC-foils, polygram, cellulose, 4 × 8 cm 50 TLC-foils, polygram, aluminium oxide, 4 × 8 cm 50 TLC-foils, polygram, SIL-G F254, 4 × 8cm 50 glass capillaries 8 ml dye mixture (4 lipophilic colours) 8 ml each oil red G, oil blue II 8 ml anthraquinone dye mixture (7) 8 ml each blue 1, violet 2; 8 ml food dye mixture (7); 8 ml each yellow-orange S, diamond black BN 100 ml toluol 100 ml toluol-cyclohexane 100 ml chloroform-acetone 100 ml 2.5 % sodium citrate solution 100 ml 25 % ammonium-2-propanol 2 felt-tipped pens

35040-00

3.8 Chromatography 3.8.2 Gas chromatography

Chromatographic separation processes: gas chromatography (with the Cobra3 Chem-Unit)

What you can learn about ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Chromatography Chromatogram Multiplicative distribution Nernst's law of distribution (number of theoretical trays) Thermal conductivity detector

Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 English P3031740

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 495

3.8 Chromatography 3.8.2 Gas chromatography

Gas chromatography

Principle This educationally vivid complete experimental set-up of a gas chromatograph makes it possible to separate substances which are highly volatile at up to 100째C. A butane mixture is a suitable choice here, for example. System components include such elements as the carrier gas supply, flow measurement, separation column with stationary phase, temperature control system, thermal conductivity detector and recorder. All of the components of this open system are easily recognised, enabling a clear explanation of the operating principle. To display the signal measured, the Cobra3 Chem unit is used with this set-up. Literature for this experiment as follows: Demo advanced Chemie Handbuch Komplettversuche (CET) 01855-01 German Complete Experiments Chemistry/Biotechnology 01855-02 English P1311000

Gas separation column

face system (ora Yt-recorder) the composition of gas orliquid mixtures can be investigated andrecorded using a gas chromatograph.Technical data:. Total length of the insert: 310 mm. Length of the separation column(spiral shaped): approx. 1.3 m. Outer diameter of the glass cylinder:36 mm. Length of the connection tube: 55 mm. Outer diameter of the connection tube:8 mm 36670-00

Function and Applications Enables a didactic gaschromatograph to be set up for low temperature ranges up to 100째C. Thegas separation column is suitable todemonstrate the principle of gaschromatography separations at roomtemperature (separating agent: Dinonylphthalate on kieselguhr; carrier gas:hydrogen or helium).By inserting the gas separation columnin the glass jacket, it can be temperedin the range between 10 and 100 째C.With the aid of a measuring probe, acontrol unit and an inter-

excellence in science 496

3.8 Chromatography 3.8.2 Gas chromatography

Soap bubble flow meter

For the measurement and adjustment of the flow rate of carrier gas during gas chromatography. A glass tube with a scale with rubber caps for taking the soap solution and a right angled tube connection with hose connectors (8mm) to be attached to the column. Total length: 280 mm. Outer diameter: 12 mm. 36675-00

bent inward, in order to facilitate the piercing of septa. Volume: 10 μl; scale graduation: 0.1 μl. Microliter syringe, 100 μll Liquid-sealed microliter syringe for the sample feed for gas chromatography and HPLC. The steel plunger of the syringe is inserted individually into the borosilicate glass body, which guarantees a high level of sealing. The cannula is cemented to the glass flask, so that it is identical with the zero point. The tip of the cannula is ground off (10-12°) and bent inward, in order to facilitate the piercing of septa. Volume: 100 μl; scale graduation: 1 μl. Microliter syringe, 10 micro-l 02607-00 Micro-l syringe, 100 micro-l 02606-00

Control unit gas chromatograph Gas chromatograph, 2 exchangeable separating columns

Function and Applications For voltage supply and for equalisation of the measure probe for gaschromatograph. Eqipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Funciton and Applications For the separation of undecomposed vaporisable substances up to 250 °C. Benefits ▪ ▪

fixed in the furnace chamber of the gas chromatograph at the injection and detector block signals can be registered via the recorder output with a tY recorder or a computer

Equipment and technical data Control unit gas chromatograph 36670-99 Mesure probe for gas chromatograph, BNC contact 36670-10

Micorliter tips

▪

2 exchangeable separating columns Length: 1 m Diameter: 5 mm Column I polar mobile solvent (polyethylene glycol adipate) column II anon-polar mobile solvent (apiezone fatL). separate gasinlet (via a coupler hose connection ) and gas outlet thermal conductivity detector, which is switched on according to the separating column used. Heating output approx. 180Watt. Temperature adjustment 20...250°C,digital display. Temperature regulation with protection against over heating detector: proportional 2 thermal conductivity measuring cells in bridge connection.

▪ ▪ ▪

Zero point adjustable measuring bridge electricity supply: 140 mA DC Mains connection 230 V~ (other voltages available on request).

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Microliter syringe, 10 μll Liquid-sealed microliter syringe for the sample feed for gas chromatography and HPLC, which enables a sample feed in syringes of chromatographs, even against a high back pressure. The injection is provided plunger-sided with a stable screw-detachable metal handle, which prevents the transfer of hand heat to the injection body and which protects the fine injection plunger against damage. The handle is provided with an adjustable plunger slide brake and a release block. The cannula is fixed cemented to the glass flask, so that it is identical with the zero point. The tip of the cannula is ground off (10-12°) and

Gas chromatograph, 2-column 36657-93 Septa f.gas chromatograph, 10 pcs 36657-03

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 497

3.8 Chromatography 3.8.2 Gas chromatography

excellence in science 498

6 Additional material

Additional material 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.4.1 6.4.2 6.4.3 6.4.4 6.5 6.5.1 6.5.2 6.5.3 6.5.4 6.5.5

Software measure Cobra4 Cobra3 Power supply units Small to medium voltage power supply units Stabilised and regulated power supply units High-voltage power supply units Signal generators Measurement instruments Hand-held measuring instruments - electricity Demonstration measurement instruments - electricity Oscilloscopes, recorders Measuring amplifiers Time measuring instruments, counters

901 904 926 949 950 952 955 956 959 960 963 967 968 970

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 899

6 Additional material

6.5.6 Meteorological instruments 6.5.7 Temperature measuring instruments, thermometers 6.5.8 pH and conductivity measuring instruments 6.5.9 Oxygen, lux and pressure measuring instruments 6.5.10 Radioactivity, sound level and gas measuring instruments 6.5.11 Photometers, spectroscopes, polarimeters, refractometers 6.5.12 General - measurement instruments 6.6 Microscopes

excellence in science 900

973 974 981 987 989 991 994 995

6 Additional material 6.1 Software measure

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 901

6 Additional material 6.1 Software measure

excellence in science 902

6 Additional material 6.1 Software measure

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 903

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

excellence in science 904

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 905

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

excellence in science 906

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 907

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

The following views can be selected individually by measuring channel: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ All Cobra4 devices are listed in the following order: • Basic units • Sensors • Accessories • Sets for all disciplines.

▪ ▪

1. Digital measuring value window 2. Analogue measuring value window 3. Graphs 4. Additional measuring graphs with a free choice of scale application 5. AS WITH MICROSOFT® PRODUCTS: Open the correct application window by doubleclicking or using the right mouse button 6. All modifications can also be made DURING THE MEASUREMENT.

LOAD EXPERIMENTS:

You will find further information on articles, manuals and experiments in the respective chapters and on the PHYWE website website.

Software Cobra4 - Single user and school licence

▪ ▪

Numerous experiments examples are easily loadable. In addition to a comprehensive experiments description in pdf format with structure image, material list, experimental set-up and results, the parameters required for this experiment are loaded automatically.

These are the details: ▪ ▪

1. Sensor settings 2. Illustrations - multi-graph / virtualdevice

AND EVEN BETTER: ▪

all experiment descriptions, configuration files and sample measurements are included on the "measure Cobra4" CD-ROM for FREE.

KEY WORDS IN SAMPLE EXPERIMENTS: ▪ ▪ ▪

For each sample experiment, all associated key words are displayed automatically. A single click on a keyword will immediately display help with detailed explanations. This makes it possible to carry out all experiments very easily, quickly and reliably.

System requirements: ▪ Funktion und Verwendung The "measure Cobra4" measuring software leaves nothing to be desired. As soon as a Cobra4 sensor is connected to a PC,irrespective of whether by Cobra4 Wireless or Cobra4 USB, the "measureCobra4" software opens completely automatically and shows the connected sensors, the required measuring windows and the current measuring data. Measurement recording is then started with a single CLICK. This all takes under 40 seconds! Vorteile: Embedded experiments with online documentation and measurement examples and automatic configuration NAVIGATOR On the left hand side of the software EVERYTHING ALWAYS IN VIEW. In theNAVIGATOR, you can: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

▪ ▪

1. Automatically see all connected sensors 2. See / change the condition of the sensors (activated, deactivated) 3. Change all sensor parameters by double clicking 4. Add calculated channels that allow e.g. the online conversion of measuring values (e.g. °C to K) or the calculation of measured values from different measuring channels (e.g. calculation, illustration of the resistance from current and voltage) 5. Easily load measuring examples- experiments descriptions, parameter settings, displays and graphs come automatically 6. Easily load configuration files. You will automatically have the optimum setting for your application

MEASURING WINDOW: All measuring values are displayed immediately.

excellence in science 908

PC with min. Pentium 3, 512 MB RAM, 1 GB free space on the hard disk, CD- ROM drive, USB 2.0, Microsoft ® Windows 2000 or higher.

14550-61

TESS and Demo advanced Manual Cobra4 Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Everyday Science

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Function

Cobra4 Wireless-Link

Impressive experimental descriptions from the fields of physics, chemistry and biology that pays attention in particular to the advantages of the radio-controlled transmission of measured values with the Cobra4 system. In total more than 120 demonstration and student experiments are described in detail. Experiments on the interdisciplinary topic "everyday life phenomena" are contained. Contents ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Physics: Mechanics, Thermodynamics, Electricity Chemistry: Chemical equilibrium, Electrochemistry Biology: Ecology, Physiology, Biochemistry and Plant physiology Everyday science: Home, Outdoors, Hobby, Technics, Transportation

Equipment and technical data Arch file size A4, 350 color print pages 01330-02

Function and Applications Interface module for the radio-based transmission of sensor measuring values in conjunction with the Cobra4 wireless manager.

Cobra4 basic units

Benefits: ▪

How do you want to measure? All Cobra4 sensor units can be connected to basic units through a secure plug-latch insert, and are identified automatically by the system.

▪ ▪ ▪

Cobra4 Wireless Manager

▪ ▪ ▪

All Cobra4 Sensor-Units can be quickly connected using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. All Cobra4 measuring sensors are easy to plug in and automatically detected The radio network with the Cobra4Wireless Manager is established automatically and is extremely stable, as it uses its own radio protocol Up to 99 Cobra4 Wireless-Links can be connected to one Cobra4 Wireless-Manager No more cable mess, thanks to radio measuring With radio transmission, moving sensors offer completely new experimentation options, e.g. the measurement of acceleration of a student on a bicycle etc. The use of high performance batteries means that no external power supplyis required.

Cobra4Wireless is particularly suitable for: ▪

Function and Applications USB device for radio-based communication with the Cobra4 WirelessLink. Benefits: Simply connect the device to the computer's USB port. Up to 99 measuring sensors can be connected to one computer Automatic detection of all connected measuring sensors. Equipment and technical data: Power consumption: < 100 mA, Connection voltage (via USB): 5 V, Radio output power: 1 mW, Max. data rate (burst):125,000 values/s, Range with no obstacles: 20 m , max.number of Cobra4 Wireless-Links in the network: 99, Dimensions L x B x H: 75 x 25 x 10 mm, Weight: 20 g, incl. CD-ROM with drivers and demo version of the "measure Cobra4" measuring software , incl. FREE evaluation software, experiments description and configuration settings for experiments, operating manual

▪ ▪

Computer aided student's experiments using only one teacher's computer (max. 99 sensors on one computer) convenient experimentation without annoying cables Experiments with moving sensors, e.g. freefall acceleration etc.

Equipment and technical specifications: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Voltage supply: 2 x Mignon batteries Power consumption: < 300 mA Radio output power: 1 mW max.data rate (burst): 125,000 values/s Range with no obstacles: 20 m Dimensions L x B x H: 125x65x35 mm Weight: 200 g 2 high performance 2,700mAh batteries operating manual

12601-00

12600-00

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 909

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

The Cobra4 Junior-Link is an interface module for the transmission of sensor measuring data to a PC via an USB connection. It is specially designed for the use in simple student experiments with only one Sensor-Unit. All Cobra4 Sensor-Units can be connected to the Cobra4 Junior-Link using a stable plug-in / lockable connection.

Cobra4 USB-Link

Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

the Cobra4 Junior-Link shows the following features: the Cobra4 Junior-Link can be connected to a PC (via USB port on the PC) automatic detection of all Cobra4 Sensor-Units power supply from USB connection, no additional external power supply required

In particular, it is ideally suited for student experiments (if a PC is available for each work group). Equipment and technical data Function and Applications The Cobra4 USB-Link is a highly efficient interface module for the transmission of sensor measuring values to a PC via a USB connection. Benefits: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

All Cobra4Sensor-Units can be connected to the Cobra4 USB-Link using a stable plug-in / lockable connection. Up to 400,000 measuring values/sec Several Cobra4 USB links can be connected to one PC (via USB portson the PC or by USB hub) Automatic detection of all Cobra4Sensor-Units Power supply from USB connection, no additional external power supply required.

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

power supply via PC < 300 mA max. data rate: 10,000 datas/sec dimensions L x B x H: 125x65x35 mm weight: 100 g delivery incl. USB cable, operating manual and CD-ROM with drivers and demoversion of the "measure Cobra4" measuring software incl. FREE evaluation software, experiments descriptions and configuration settings for experiments

12615-00

Cobra4 Remote-Link

ideally suited to the following applications: ▪ ▪ ▪

Especially fast measurements(acoustic, electrical etc.) Demonstration experiments Student's experiments (if one PC is available for each work group).

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Power supply via PC: < 300 mA Max. data rate (burst):400,000 values/sec Dimensions L x B x H: 125x65x35 mm Weight: 100 g Delivery incl. USB cable operating manual and CD-ROM with drivers and demoversion of the "measure Cobra4" measuring software incl. FREE evaluation software, experiments descriptions and configuration settings for experiments. Function and Applications

12610-00

The Cobra4 Remote-Link can be used to control the measuring value recording of an experiment constructed using a radiobased Cobra4 network.

Cobra4 Junior-Link

Benefits: ▪ ▪

The measuring value recording start and stop commandis transmitted by radio to the Cobra4Wireless Manager on the PC. Optimum application, e.g. in student experiments, freefall with an acceleration sensor etc.

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications

excellence in science 910

Voltage supply: 2 x Mignon batteries Power consumption < 200 mA Radio output power: 1 mW Range with no obstacles: 20 m Dimensions L x B x H: 125x65x35 mm Weight: 200 g 2 high performance batteries operating manual

12602-00

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

bra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Cobra4 sensor units What do you want to measure? The Cobra4 sensor units are connected directly to basic units, and are identified automatically by the system.

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Temperature, semiconductor -20...110 °C

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Temperature measuring range: -200..+1200 °C Resolution: 0.1 K Measuring accuracy: equal to the accuracy of the gauges used Data flow rate: 5 Hz Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm Weight: 85 g

12641-00

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics, pressure abs. 2 bar and 2 temperature NiCr-Ni

Funktion and Applications Cobra4 -20..110°C Sensor-Unit Temperature-semiconductor Benefits ▪

can be connected directly to the Cobra4Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Sensoatar jacket: stainless steel Measuring range: -20..+110°C Absolute accuracy: ± 0.5°C Resolution: 0.05°C Time constant: 7 s Data flow rate: 200 Hz Connecting port: sub-D-15-pole Sensor length / diameter: 200 mm, 6 mm Cable length: 120 cm Weight: 125 g

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics is a measuring recorder for pressure and temperature measurements, which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits ▪

12640-00 ▪

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit 2 x Temperature, NiCr-Ni

It canbe fitted with two NiCr-Nithermoelements (type K), in order to measure up to two temperatures and one absolut pressure value simultaneously The unit can be connected to the Cobra4Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in/ lockable connection.

Equipment and technical data Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -200..+1200°C Resolution: 0.1 K Measuring accuracy: equal to the accuracy of the gauges used

Pressure: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0...2000 hPa Resolution 0.1 hPa Measuring accuracy: ± 0,5% Data flow rate: max. 5 Hz Dimensions: approx. 62mm x 63mm x 35mm Weight: approx. 190 g

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit 2 x Temperature NiCr-Ni is a measuring recorder for temperature measurements, which is controlled by microcontroller.

12638-00

Benefits ▪ ▪

It canbe fitted with two NiCr-Ni thermoelements (type K), in order to measure up to two temperatures simultaneously or to measure a temperature difference The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit 2 x Temperature NiCr- Ni can be connected to the Cobra4Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Co-

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 911

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Chemistry, pH and 2 x Temperature NiCr-Ni

The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit pH, BNC connection is a measuring recorder for pH and potential measurements, which is controlled by microcontroller. Benefits ▪ ▪

It can be fitted with a pH probe or Redoxmeasuring chain, in order to measure pH or potential values The unit can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Equipment and technicla data pH: ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit pH and 2 x temperature NiCr-Ni is a measuring recorder for pH, potential and temperature measurements, which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits ▪ ▪

It can be fitted with two NiCr-Ni thermoelements (Type K) and a pH probe or Redox measuring chain, in order to measure up to two temperatures and one pH or potential value simultaneously The unit can be connected to the Cobra4Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in/lockable connection.

Measuring range: 0...14pH Resolution: 0.01K Measuring accuracy: ± 0.5%

Potential: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -2000...+2000 mV Resolution: 0.1 mV Measuring accuracy: ± 0.5% Data flow rate: 5 Hz Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm Weight: 70 g

12631-00

Electrodes with BNC plug

Equipment and technical data Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -200..+1200 °C Resolution: 0.1 K Measuring accuracy: equal to the accuracy of the gauges used

pH: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0...14 Resolution 0.01K Measuring accuracy: ± 0,5%

Potential: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range -2000..+2000 mV Resolution: 0.1 mV Measuring accuracy: ± 0.5% Data flow rate: 5 Hz Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm Weight: 95 g

12630-00

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit pH, BNC connector

These electrodes with a BNC plug may be connected to both Cobra4 Sensor units Chemistry and pH. pH-electrode, plastic body, gel, BNC 46265-15 pH-electrode, plastic, refill., BNC 46266-15 Redox electrode, BNC 46267-10 pH-electrode, glass, refill., BNC 46268-10

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity+, Conductivity/ Temperature (Pt1000)

Function and Applications Function and Applications

excellence in science 912

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity /Temperature (Pt1000) is a measuring recorder for conductance measuring sensors with a cell constant of K = 1.00/cm and which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits ▪

The Cobra4 sensor may be connected directly to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Equipment and technical data Conductivity: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring Measuring Measuring Measuring Measuring Measuring

range 1: 0.0...approx. 2,500.0 µS/cm accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±0.15 µS/cm range 2: 0...approx. 45,000 µS/cm accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±3 µS/cm range 3: 0.00...approx. 1,100 mS/cm accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±0.05 mS/cm

Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

12633-00

Cobra4 Sensor-Units Force ± 4 N and ± 40 N

Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring accuracy: -20.0°C...150.0°C Resolution: 0.1 K Measuring accuracy: ±0.5K (in the range 0...100°C)

Measuring cycle: 0.8...2s (adjusted automatically) Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm Temp. probe, imm. type, Pt1000, Cobra3 12123-00 Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity+, Conductivity/ Temperature (Pt1000) 12632-00 Conductivity temperature probe Pt1000 13701-01

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity, with stainless steel electrodes

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Units Force ± 4 N and ± 40 N contain a bending beam (DMS technology), which converts the mechanical load into an electrical signal. Benefits: ▪

▪ ▪ ▪

Depending on the type of application, the force sensor can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. On the top of the casing, a plate can be plugged in for measuring weights that are placed on it. On the bottom of the device, there is a hook on which weights may be hung. On the mechanically secure in take of the Cobra4 sensor unit, force from above or below is applied using a drop rod with a M6 thread.

Equipment and technical data: Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity/Temperature with stainless steel electrodes can be connected directly to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. Benefits ▪

Particularly good application for school and outdoor experimentation, as the measuring gauge is already firmly connected.

Equipment and technical data Conductivity: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0.2 µS/cm...200 mS/cm Measuring accuracy: 6% of the measuringvalue ± 0,2µS/cm Resolution: 0.1 µS/cm, 1 µS/cm, 10µS/cm, 100 µS/cm

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

100 mm long rod with M6 thread Weight plate Weight hook Operating manual Measuring range: -4...+4 N Maximum sampling rate: 16 Hz Measuring accuracy: 0.2 mN Dimensions (L x B x H): 64 x 70 x 35 mm Weight: 100 g

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Force ± 4 N 12642-00 Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Force ± 40 N 12643-00

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 913

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Electricity, current ± 6 A/ voltage ± 30V

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Current /Voltage ±30 V ± 6 A is a secured measuring sensor, which can be connected to theCobra4 WirelessLink, the Cobra4 Mobile Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection, depending on the application type. Benefits ▪ ▪

The sensor has a voltage difference input. Simultaneous measurement of current and voltage is possible.

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Power supply via 4 mm sockets or wall power supply with hole socket Operation temperature: 5...40°C Relative humidity: < 80% Gain/amplification: 1.0 Input resistance: > 10000 GOhm Input current: < 0.5 pA Input capacitance: < 50 pF Input voltage: Amplifier (socket 1): ± 10 V2. input (socket 2): 1 kV Power supply: 12 V AC/25 mA hole socket: 2.1/5.5 mm or External power source: 12 V AC25 mA 4 mm sockets or: Cobra3 interface: ± 15 V RS232 socket Output voltage: ± 10 V Output current: 1 mA Output resistance: < 500 Ohm Dimensions H × W × D (mm):65 × 113 × 35 Weight: 150 g

Electrometer Amplifier 13621-00 Power supply 12V AC/500 mA 11074-93

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Energy electricity, voltage, power, capacity

Equipment and technical data Measuring range: ▪ ▪

Voltage: -30...30 V Current: -6...6 A

Resolution: ▪ ▪

Voltage: 15 mV Current: 3 mA

Internal resistances: ▪ ▪ ▪

Voltage: 1 MOhm Current: 33 mOhm Weight: 100 g

12644-00

Function and Applications

Electrometer Amplifier

The Cobra4 Sensor Unit Energy is used for the measurement and direct indication of measurement variables of the electrical power and energy in direct-current and alternating current circuits (current, voltage, effective and apparent power, angular phase shift, frequency, electric work). Benefits

Operational amplifier with high resistance input for quasi-static voltage measurement and measurement of very small charges.

Through the direct measurement of alternating current and directcurrent sizes numerous basic as well as application-oriented experiments are possible, e.g. for the charactersitic of alternating current resistances or for the investigation of the energy demand of consumers. The Cobra4 Sensor Unit Energy can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless Link, the Cobra4 Mobile Link or the Cobra4 USB Link through a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. The data can be measured and displayed in student or demonstration experiments with or without PC.

Benefits

Equipment and technical data

Function and Applications

Suited for experiments with electrostatics, e.g. charge measurement, capacity measurement of sphere-capacitor, measurement of direct voltages, quasi-static measurements and measurement of small currents. Equipment and technical data

excellence in science 914

▪ ▪

measuring range and resolution 30 V (0.3 mV), 6 A (0.3 mA) frequency range: up to 2 kHz

12656-00

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Timer/Counter

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit 3D-Acceleration, ± 2 g, ± 6 g

Funktion and Applications

Function and Application Sensor-Unit of the Cobra4 family. Interface-module with timer and counter functionality for up to four light barriers, one measuring microphone, movement sensor, falling sphere apparatus or other devices with TTLcompatible signals. Optionally anexternal trigger device can be used (switch, starter system for motion track, ...). The measured values of the sensor can be transmitted with the Cobra4 Wireless manager and the Cobra4 Wireless-Link by radio or with the USB-Link to the PC. All Cobra4 sensor-units are quickly connectable through a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. Some applications: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

linear Motion incl. laws of collision with motion and air track free fall with picket fences or falling ball apparatus oscillations rotational motion frequency of acoustical signals

Benefis ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

With the aid of the intuitive softwaremeasure for Cobra4 the singleapplication scenarios can be started comfortably with 10 preset modes All relevant attempts with timemeasurement and counting are covered The simultaneous observation of thesignal level facilitates the understanding of the measured values of light barriers Investigation of complex contexts through combination with other sensors from the Cobra4 family Thanks to radio measurement NO disturbing cable anymore - NEW didactic possibilities through radio transmission (not depending on the location of the PC, moving sensors)

Depending on application type, theCobra4 Sensor-Unit 3D-Acceleration, ± 2g, ± 6 g can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. Benefits ▪ ▪

Specifically with this sensor, the use of Cobra4 Wireless enables completely new experimentation possibilities. As such, it is possible to investigate e.g.the acceleration of the sensor in freefall or the acceleration of a schoolchild on a bicycle etc.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring ranges: -2g...+2g or -6g...+6g Resolution: 1 mg or 5 mg Presentable channels: x, y and z Max. data rate: 160 Hz per channel Weight: 80 g

12650-00

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Tesla

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Power supply: by the Cobra4 WirelessLink or another Cobra4 basic device, from 3 light barriers with enclosedexternal power supply Current consumption: < 300 mA resolution: 1 microsecond Dimensions: (LxBxH) 125x65x35 mm Weight: 200 g Accessories (included): Adapter for light barriers,external power supply

Accessories ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Light barrier, compact (up to 4 lightbarriers) Cobra4 adapter for Sensor-Unit Timer/Counter to connect a light barrier Measuring microphone Falling sphere apparatus Movement sensor with cable

12651-00

lFunction Function and Applications Sensor-Unit to measure the magnetic field strength in DC and AC fields. Hall probes may be connected via a diode plug. Tecnical data Measuring ranges DC field ▪ ▪ ▪

± 1 T (1 mT), ± 100 mT (100 µT), ± 10 mT (10 µT) every range can be compensated up to the maximum value of the measuring range Accuracy approx. ± 2 % of the maximum value of the measuring range

Measuring ranges AC field ▪ ▪ ▪

Frequency: 15 Hz...1 kHz 1 T (1 mT), 100 mT (100 µT), 10 mT ( 10 µT) AC field measurements are of RMS type - no compensation

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 915

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

▪

Accuracy approx. ± 5 % of the maximum value of the measuring range

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit CO2

General ▪ Maximum data rate: 5 Hz ▪ Dimensions (L x W x H in mm): 60 x 70 x 35 ▪ Weight (g) 100 Cobra4 Sensor Tesla, Set with 2 hall probes 12652-88 Cobra4 Sensor Tesla, ± 1 Tesla 12652-00 Hall probe, axial 13610-01 Hall probe, tangential, protection cap 13610-02

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Weather: Humidity, Air pressure,Temperature, Light intensity, Altitude Function and Applications Sensor of the Cobra4 family for the measurement of the CO2 concentration in the air. The measured data of the sensor can be transferred with the Cobra4 Wireless Link by radio to the PC in connection with the Cobra4 Wireless Manager. All Cobra4 Sensor Units are quickly connectable through a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. Equipment and technical data

Function and Applications Depending on application type, the Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Weather can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in/ lockable connection. Benefits ▪ ▪

At the same time, the following measuring parameters may be recorded: airpressure, relative humidity, airtemperature, brightness, height Ideal for use in outdoor experiments, on classtrips or for project or school hikingdays.

Equipment and technical data

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

measuring range: 0... 6000 ppm resolution: 50 ppm data transfer rate: 1 Hz dimensions (L x W x H): 60 mm x 70 mm x 30 mm weight: 60 g

Accessories ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Cobra4 Wireless Link (12601-00) and Cobra4 Wireless Manger (12600-00) and/or alternative: Cobra4 USB Link (12610-00) to the connection to a PC Software measure Cobra4, individual position and school license (14550-61) for the realization, representation and evaluation of the measurements Cobra4 Mobile Link (12620-00) for the measuring without PC

12671-00

Relative Humidity: ▪ ▪

measurement range 0 - 100 % accuracy +/- 5 %

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Pulse, Heart rate

Air Pressure: ▪ ▪

measurement range 10 - 1100 mbar accuracy +/-5 %

Air Temperature: ▪ ▪

measurement range -40 - +125 °C accuracy +/- 0.5 °C

Brightness: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

measurement range 0 - 10,000 lx accuracy +/- 5 % calculation using air pressure Data transfer rate for each sensor: 1 Hz Dimensions (L x B x H): 64 x 70 x 31 mm Weight: 60 g Function

12670-00

Sensor of the Cobra4 family for measuring the heart rate on the ear or finger. Measurement of the signal amplitude and the heart rate.

excellence in science 916

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

All Cobra4 sensors can be connected directly to the Cobra4 WirelessLink, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in/ lockable connection. Technical specifications: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Range 40...240 pulses/minute Accuracy 2 % Including ear clip (cable length: 1 m) Digital and graphical display of the heart rate Dimensions: 60 x 70 x 35 mm Weight: 100 g

Crocodile clips for disposable electrodes, 3/pkg 12673-02

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Spirometry

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Pulse, Heart rate, incl. ear clip 12672-00 Ear clip for Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Pulse 12672-10

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Electrophysiology

Function and Application The Cobra4 Sensor Unit Spirometry is used for the measurement of the breath-dependent pulmonary volume. Benefits Through the possibility of the recording of measurement one receives a diagram by means of which different function varaibles of the breath volume can be determined. The Cobra4 Sensor Unit Spirometry can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless Link, the Cobra4 Mobile Link or the Cobra4 USB Link through a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. The data can be measured and displayed in student or demonstration experiments with or without PC. Equipment and technical data To perform electrophysiological, noninvasive measurements of heart, eye and muscle activities. The measurement electrodes are connected to 3,5-mm jacks using three separate and shielded measurement cords. The sensor can be connected to a PC wireless or to a USB-port. Requires measurement cords and ECG and/ or EMG/ EOG electrodes. Technical specifications: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measurement mode: permanent measurement Operation with three separate and shielded measurement cords Maximum data throughput: 1000 Hz Signal filter: ECG filter: 0.03 Hz to 20 Hz with 450-fold magnification EMG filter: 80 Hz to 5000 Hz with 1600-fold magnification EOG filter: 0.03 Hz to 10 Hz with 800-fold magnification Galvanic separation with 4000 V Dimensions: 62 mm x 110 mm x 35 mm Weight: 0.3 kg

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Electrophysiology, set incl. cords and ECG electrodes 12673-77 Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Electrophysiology: EKG, EMG, EOG 12673-00 ECG electrodes, 3/pkg 65981-01 EMG electrodes, 3 off 65981-02 Electrode Gel, tube 65981-06 Electrodes for ECG Sensor, 100 pcs. 12559-01 Shielded leads for electrophysiology, color-coded, 3/pkg 12673-01

▪

measuring range (accuracy): -15... +15 l/s (3 %)

12675-00

Cobra4, Accessories Accessories for all Cobra4 Basic units and Sensor units, respectively

Accessories for the Cobra4 Sensor-Unit

Cobra4 drop counter With the drop counter, in combination with a Cobra4 timer/counter sensor unit, drops are recorded which drop from a burette into a container below. Advantages The drop counter makes possible a semi-automatic implementation of quantitative titration in a simple way.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 917

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Equipment and technical data The drop counter consists of a metal body with a photoelectric barrier in an elongated hole, 2 receptacles for electrodes up to a diameter of 12 mm and a V-shaped centering aid for drip tips; Length: 185 mm, width: 50 mm, height: 30 mm, length of the mount bar: 90 mm, diameter of the mount bar: 10 mm, diameter of the 2 electrode receptacles: 13 mm, dimensions of the elongated hole: 25 mm x 15 mm, length of the connection cable: 90 cm, connection: 3.5 mm jack plugs.

Fast Charging System for up to 4 MeH Accumulators

Function and Applications

Forked photoelectric barrier compact

For 1-4 Mignon AA or Micro AAA.

Infrared photoelectric barrier with stem, which can be screwed into 4 different positions. With receptacle device for incremental wheel for the determination of path sections. Inside dimensions (mm): 40 x 40, supply voltage: 5 V, including incremental wheel.

Benefits

Adapter for forked photoelectric barrier Up to 4 forked photoelectric barriers can be connected conveniently and without a cable tangle with the timer-counter sensor unit. The adapter has a multipolar cable of 1 m length. Wind sensor For the measurement of the wind speed. Measuring range: 1 ... 40 m/s and 4 ... 140 km/h, dimensions (mm): 112 x 162 x 140. Movement recorder Incremental encoder with extremely high resolution for the recording of rotation and linear movements. Resolution: 512 steps/rotation. With signal output for rotation direction, cord grooves 6 mm and 12 mm, plastic casing with holder stem and connection cables, dimensions (mm): 72 x 34 x 113.

Adjustable charging current by a switch "Fast charge/ Standardcharge" (2100 mA/ 850 mA for Mignon AA cells and 850 mA/ 350 mA for Micro AAA cells), Multiple over charging protection by deltaV detection, temperature control and safety timer, Trickle charging, faulty cell and Alkaline detection, Reverse polarity protection, Cooling of the batteries by a fan, Battery status is displayed by LED per charging slot Equipment and technical data External power supply with wide range input 100-240 VAC and 12 V car adapter 07930-99

Ni-MH accu, Mignon, 1.2 V, 2000 mAh, Eneloop Type, 4 pcs. 07930-03

Stand for Cobra4

Microphone Electret converter on 25 cm sensor tube, with amplifier for the pointmeasuring of sonic fields. Directly connectable, low power consumption, high resolution in location and intensity. Frequency range 15 Hz... 40 kHz, sensitivity 6 mV/ Pa at 1kHz, adjustable amplification 50 ... 5000, dimensions (mm): Housing 115 x 70 x 35, probe 250 x 8. Cobra4 Drop Counter 12635-00 Light barrier, compact 11207-20 Cobra4 adapter for Sensor-Unit Timer/Counter to connect one light barrier 12651-01 Cup anemometer for Cobra3 12124-00 Movement sensor with cable 12004-10 Measuring microphone 03542-00

excellence in science 918

Supporting stand of aluminum with a tiltangle of about 30째 to place Cobra4Mobile-links and Cobra4 USB-Links ondesks. The devices are fixed by aspecific hook and loop fastener on thestand. A 50 cm long stripe of this selfadhesive hook and loop fastener isdelivered together with the stand. Toattach the devices to the stand, acorrespondingly suitable small piece ofthe self-adhesive hook and loop fasteneris stuck onto the back of this devices. 12681-00

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Cobra4 sets Complete solutions for your experiments! The sets include all necessary accessories for dealing with various topics, or for certain areas of application.

TESS Applied Sciences Cobra4 Environment and outdoors

▪

experimental descriptions and configuration settings for experiments

TESS Applied Sciences Cobra4 environment and outdoors, for 4 work groups 12622-88 TESS Cobra4 Environment and outdoors, with 1 measurement instrument and german handbook, in aluminum case 12619-88 TESS advanced Applied Sciences manual Cobra4 environment and outdoors 12622-02

TESS Biology Set Electrophysiology

Function and Applications This device set is ideally suited to shared-work experiments with schoolgroups. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Whether in the classroom, outdoors or on project days: in this robust aluminium case, you will always find the right device for carrying out fascinating experiments with schoolgroups. Up to 4 work groups can work on and investigate interesting topics in parallel. All data are saved on SD memory cards. Evaluation of the data can be carried out e.g. at home, as homework. The measure evaluation software is included for FREE and may, of course, be used privately by each pupil.

Function and Applications Complete instrument set and accessories to perform computer-assisted experiments in human and animal physiology of heart, muscle, eye. Equipment and technical data ▪

TIP This device is also ideal for use e.g.in the context of a school hiking day: here, a topografic profile can easily be produced with the weather sensor. In Geography lessons, the data can be evaluated and interpreted together. If the height is then set against the temperature, humidity relative to the path, or temperature relative to the time of day, great discoveries can be made, which are both practical and fun. Equipment and technical data: The highly stable aluminium case contains the following materials: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

4 x Cobra4 Mobile-Link 1 x Cobra4Sensor-Unit pH, BNC connection 1 xCobra4 Sensor-Unit Weather: air pressure, humidity, ambient temperature, brightness 1 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit, Temperature-Semiconductor 20...110 °C 1x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity with permanently connected stainless steel 1x pH plastic, gel-filled electrode 1 x100 red pH 4 buffer trays 1 x 100 green pH 10 buffer trays 1 x 460 ml calibration solution for conductance electrode 1 x protective case for GL 25pH electrode 1 x 120 labels, 4 x 100 ml square flange (HDPE) 2 x 250 ml PP laboratory beaker 4 x 1 GB 20 MB/sec SDmemory card for Cobra4 Mobile-Link 1 x110...240 V Charger for metal hybrid batteries 2 x Mignon 1.2 V 2700 mAh spare batteries - set of 4 operating manual plus CD-ROM with drivers and demo version of the "measure Cobra4" measuring software, incl. FREE evaluation software

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Wireless transmitter and receiver units to connect to the electrophysiology sensor to a PC, can also be used for other sensors to measure parameters common in physics, chemistry, biology and medical education electrophysiology sensor-unit for ECG, EMG and EOG with connectors for three measurement leads three separate and shielded leads, color-coded (red, yellow, green) with 3.5 mm phone jacks to connect to the sensor-unit and 2 mm jacks to connect to reusable and disposable electrodes three reusable stainless steel ECG electrodes, contact area 30 x 80 mm with connector for leads three reusable EMG electrodes with cable and 2 mm connectors disposable electrodes (100/pkg), three crocodile clips for disposable electrodes, electrode gel to improve contact between electrodes and skin software for wireless and wired data acquisition, for data analysis,automatic sensor recognition, automatic setup of measurement parameters and integrated experiment instructions 68-page manual in English language with experimental literature storage box for instrument set and accessories.

TESS Biology Set Electrophysiology EP 12673-89 TESS advanced Biology manual Cobra4 Electrophysiology: ECG, EMG, EOG 12673-12

Cobra4 Basic set Biochemistry and plant physiology Function and Applications

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 919

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Instrument set with the wireless computer interface Cobra4 to perform the following 10 experiments: Photosynthesis (2 methods), Transpiration of leaves, Glycolysis (2 methods), Ionic permeability of the cell membrane, Determination of the Michaelis constant, Enzyme inhibition, Substrate inhibition of enzymes, Enzymatic activity of catalase.

Benefits: ▪ ▪ ▪

Scope of delivery ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Cobra4 wireless computer interface for data acquisition Sensors for temperature, pH, conductivity, light intensity, pressure Lamp socket with reflector, diameter 20 cm, and 120 W filament lamp special glassware special stand material for the experiment setup experiment manual, English language (56 pages, in color)

The measure Cobra4 software (single user and school license) is not part of the scope of delivery. Standard lab equipment and chemicals required additionally. The Standard labware set consists of: balance 210g/ 0.01g with RS232 interface, lab-lifting apparatus (160 x 130 mm), magnetic stirrer, diverse lab glassware and small items, diverse lab consumables, microliter syringe (100 µl) mortar and pestle, bunsen burner with safety gas tubing. The Chemicals set consists of: sodium hydrogen carbonate, 250 g; Tartrazin (E102), 25 g; Patent blue V (E131), 25g; buffer solution pH 4.01, 460 ml; buffer solution pH 10.01, 1000 ml; hydrochloric acid, 1.0 mol/l, 1000 ml; sodium hydroxide solution, 1.0 M, 1000 ml; Urea, pure, 250 g; urease solution in 50% glycerol, 10 ml; silver nitrate, pure, 15 g; water, distilled, 5 l; glycerol, 99 %, 100 ml; hydrogen peroxide, 30 %, 250 ml. Basic set Cobra4 Biochemistry and Plant physiology 65982-89 Standard labware set for Biochemistry & plant physiology, 230 V 65980-77 Chemicals set Biochemistry & plant physiology 65980-10 Software Cobra4 - Single user and school licence 14550-61 Demo advanced Biology Manual Cobra4 Biochemistry & plant physiology 01331-02

With the radio-based recording of values, experiments can conveniently be carried out The optimum use of this device set is in the area of demonstration experiments. Furthermore, moving sensors offer completely new experimentation options, e.g. the measurement of acceleration of a school child on a bicycle, measuring the acceleration of a body in freefall etc.

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

1 x Cobra4 WirelessManager 1 x Cobra4 Wireless-Link 1 xCobra4 Sensor-Unit Temperature Semiconductor, 20...110°C 1 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Current/ Voltage 1 xCobra4 3D Sensor-Unit Acceleration,+-6 g 1 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Force, 40 N 1 x "measure Cobra4" software, individual work station and school licence. Delivery incl. CD-ROM with all drivers and the full version of the "measureCobra4" measuring software incl. 130 experiment descriptions and configuration settings for experiments plus 2 high performance batteries for the Cobra4 Wireless-Link and an operating manual.

Cobra4 Wireless, Basic Set Physics, incl. Software and aluminium case 12605-89 Cobra4 USB, Basic Set Physics incl. Softwareand plastic case 12611-88 TESS and Demo advanced Manual Cobra4 Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Everyday Science 01330-02

Cobra4 Wireless, Basic Set Chemistry

Cobra4 Wireless, Basic Set Physics

Function and Applications This attractive device set is ideally suited to computer-aided experiments in the field of Chemistry. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications This attractive device set is ideally suited to computer-aided experiments in the field of physics.

excellence in science 920

▪

With the radio-based recording of values, experiments can conveniently be carried out. The optimum use of this device set is in the area of demonstration experiments. Furthermore, with modern radio transmission, moving sensors offer completely new experimentation options. With this system it is possible now, that experiments can to be carried out far away from the PC.

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

▪

Therewith it is surely set that the PC is not endangered by liquids or similar things.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

The stable case contains the followingdevices: 1 x Cobra4 Wireless Manager 1 x Cobra4 Wireless-Link 1 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Chemistry, pH and 2 x Temperature NiCrNi 1 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity+, Conductivity/ Temp. (Pt1000) 1 x pH-electrode, plastic, refillable BNC plug 1 x Conductivity temperature probe Pt1000 2 x Protection sleeve for electrodes 1 x "measure Cobra4" software, individual workstation and school licence Delivery incl. CD-ROM with all drivers and the full version of the "measureCobra4" measuring software incl. experiments descriptions and configuration settings for experiments 2 high performance batteries for the Cobra4 Wireless-Link operating manual

Cobra4 Wireless, Basic Set Chemistry, incl. Softwareand english handbook in case 12606-89 Cobra4 USB, Basic Set Chemistry incl. Softwareand english Handbook, in case 12612-89 TESS and Demo advanced Manual Cobra4 Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Everyday Science 01330-02

Cobra4 Display-Connect

▪

Case for storage

Cobra4 Display-Connect, Basic Set with digital large-scale display, Mobile Link, weather sensor and English handbook, 12607-89 TESS and Demo advanced Manual Cobra4 Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Everyday Science 01330-02

Cobra4 Mobile-Link

Function and Applications This attractive device set serves excellently for use as a digital multimeter set for numerous measurements. Benefits This set is ideal for use in: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Student experiments without a PC Outdoor experimentation Project days, school hiking days, trips, etc. With this set, simply choose your Cobra4 Sensor-Units and compile your own personal set of equipment. Sufficient extra space has been left in the case for storing the sensors The "measure" evaluation software can also be used by pupils at home for FREE.

Equipement and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications Complete device set for the wireless transmission of measurements from Mobile-Link to a digital large-scale display. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Cobra4 Display-Connect (set of sender and receiver for the use of the Cobra4 Mobile-Link with a digital large-scale display) Cobra4 Mobile-Link, incl. accumulators SD memory card Fast battery charger for up to 4 Metal-hydride-Accumulators, 110...240V Digital large display with RS 232 interface Cobra4 Sensor Unit weather: air pressure, air humidity, temperature, light intensity, altitude Software, CD-ROM Manual Cobra4: Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Everyday life phenomena

▪

8 x and 4x Cobra4 Mobile-Link incl. SD memory cards, respectively 4 x spare Mignon 1.2V 2700 mAh batteries, set of 4 1 x battery charger. operating manual plus CD-ROM with drivers and demo version of the "measure Cobra4" measuring software incl. FREE evaluation software, experimental descriptions and configuration settings for experiments

Cobra4 Mobile, for 8 work groups, incl. aluminium case 12621-88 Cobra4 Mobile, for 4 work groups, incl. plastic case 12621-44

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 921

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Cobra4 Supplementary set TESS, Wireless or USB: Mechanics, Electric Building Blocks, Heat

TESS and Demo advanced Manual Cobra4 Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Everyday Science 01330-02 English TESS advanced Physik Handbuch Cobra4 Mechanik, Wärme, Elektrik / Elektronik 01332-01 German TESS advanced Physics Manual Cobra4 Mechanics, Heat, Electricity/ Electronics 01332-02 English P1042260

Cobra4 Mobile-Link

Function and Applications This attractive device set is ideally suited to perform computer assisted student experiments from the PHYWE TESS experiment sets Mechanics ME 1/2, Electric Building Blocks system EB 1/2 and Heat WE 1/2. Benefits This set enables the easy and convenient performance of more than 20 experiments (see manual 01332-02). Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

2 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Temperature, semiconductor -20...110°C 1 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Electricity Current/ Voltage 6 A, 30 V 1 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Force 4 N

Wireless version: 1 x Cobra4 Wireless-Link, 1 x Cobra4 Wireless Manager USB version: 1 x Cobra4 USB Link Required accessories 1 x "measure Cobra4" measuring sofware incl. data analysis software "measure", experimental descriptions and configuration settings for experiments (14550-61) Cobra4 Wireless, Student set TESS Mechanics, Heat, Electricity 12604-88 Cobra4 USB, Student set TESS Mechanics, Heat, Electricity 12604-66 TESS advanced Physics Manual Cobra4 Mechanics, Heat, Electricity/ Electronics 01332-02

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Mobile-Link is a modern, high performance hand measuring device for mobile data recording, to which all Cobra4 Sensor-Units can be connected via secure plug-in/lockable connection. Benefits: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

The Cobra4 MobileLink is ideal for use in: ▪

Thermal equilibrium

Up to 1,000 measuring values/sec. Data can be saved on an SD memory card Automatic detection of all Cobra4 Sensor-Units Foolproof navigation with central navigation cross "measure" evaluation software can be used for FREE Water-resistant and reliable for outdoor work.

▪ ▪

Students experiments with no computer (as a digital multi-meter for numerous measuring parameters) Outdoor experiments with student groups Project days, trips, schoolhiking days etc.

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Why do tea or coffee get cold onstanding, but never hot? Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS und Demo advanced Handbuch Cobra4Physik, Chemie, Biologie, Alltagsphänomene 01330-01 German

excellence in science 922

▪

Power supply: 2 x Mignon batteries Power consumption: < 300 mA Data storage: Max. 2 GB SD card Data rate: 1,000 values/s Dimensions: L x B x H: 155x65x35 mm Weight: 200 g 2 Mignon 2,700 mAh batteries 1 GB SD memory card operating manual plus CD-ROM with drivers and demo version of the "measureCobra4" measuring software FREE evaluation software, experiments descriptions and configuration settings for experiments

Cobra4 Mobile-Link set, incl. rechargeable batteries, SD memory card, USB cable and software "measure" 12620-55

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Cobra4 Mobile-Link 12620-00 SD memory card for Cobra4-Mobile-Link, 2 GB, 20MB/sec 12620-01 SD card reader 12620-03

Cobra4 Display-Connect, Set of transmitter and receiver for using the Cobra4 Mobile-Link with largescale displays

Large-scale display, digital, RS-232 port 07157-93 Data cable for cobra probes 12150-07 Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00

Thermocouples NiCr-Ni (type K)

Thermocouples, that can be connected to Cobra4 Sensor Units 2 x temperature, Thermodynamics and Chemistry. Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Function and Applications Device combination from a sender and a receiver for the radio-based communication between a Cobra4 Mobile Link and up to 2 digital large displays. Benefits: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

The system works with 5 switchable send channels at a carrier frequency of 433 MHz. With this set it is possible to represent the measured values wellreadable for a big auditory in a classroom or lecture hall. For this purpose must the transmit unit only be inserted between an any Cobra4 SensorUnit and the Cobra4 Mobile-Link. The receiver unit is pluged into the input socket of the digital large display. The current supply of the sender and receivers occurs in each case via the devices at those ones these are connected. A parallel write-out of a series of measurements to the SD-Card of the Mobile-Link is possible.

Cobra4 Display-Connect, Set of transmitter and receiver for using the Cobra4 Mobile-Link with large-scale displays 12623-88 Cobra4 Display-Connect TX, transmitter for using the Cobra4 Mobile-Link with large-scale displays 12623-00 Cobra4 Display-Connect TX, receiver for using the Cobra4 Mobile-Link with large-scale displays 12623-01

Comming soon

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Light

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Light is a measuring recorder for light intensity measurements, which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits ▪ ▪

It can be fitted with different luxmeter probes. The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Light can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link, the Cobra4 Junior-Link or

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 923

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. Equipment and technical data ▪ measuring range: 300 lx ...300 klx ▪ Resolution: max. 0.15 lx ▪ Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Dissoved oxygen is a measuring recorder for oxygen in solutions, which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits ▪ ▪

Accessories ▪ ▪

Luxmeter probe (12107-01) Lux immersion probe, 10 m cable (07137-01)

It can be fitted with an oxygen probe. The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Dissoved oxygen can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link, the Cobra4 JuniorLink or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Equipment and technical data 12660-00

▪ ▪

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Radioactivity

O2-concentration: 0…30 mg/l Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm

(available from 2012) 12676-00

Cobra4 JUNIOR-Link, Basic Set Physics for 5 groups, incl. Software, Handbook and aluminium case

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Radioaktivity is a measuring recorder for radioactive radiation, which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits ▪ ▪

It can be fitted with different Geiger-Müller counter tubes. The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Radioacitivity can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link, the Cobra4 JuniorLink or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

Max. pulse frequency: 4x105 pulses per minute Counter tube voltage: variable 100 … 650 V Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm

Accessories ▪ ▪ ▪

Function and Applications This attractive device set is ideally suited to computer-aided student experiments in the field of physics and containes all needed devices for 5 working groups. Benefits ▪ ▪

By recording values with the help of the Cobra4 Junior-Link, experiments can conveniently be carried out. The optimum use of this device set is in the area of student experiments.

Equipment and technical data

Counter tube, type A (09025-11) Counter tube, type B (09005-00) Counter tube, GM, 45 mm (09007-00)

12665-00

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Dissolved oxygen

▪

5 x Cobra4 Junior-Link 5 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Force ± 40 N 5 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Energy 5 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics,pressure abs. 2 bar and 2 temperature NiCr-Ni 5 x Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 1 x "measure Cobra4" software, individual work station and school licence. Delivered in a stable aluminium case

12616-89

excellence in science 924

6 Additional material 6.2 Cobra4

Cobra4 JUNIOR-Link, Basic Set Chemistry for 5 groups, incl. Software, Handbook and aluminium case

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

5 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Weather: Humidity, Air pressure, Temperature, Light intensity, Altitude 5 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Pulse, Heart rate, incl. ear clip 5 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Spirometry 1 x "measure Cobra4" software, individual work station and school licence. Delivered in a stable aluminium case

12618-89

Function and Applications This attractive device set is ideally suited to computer-aided student experiments in the field of chemistry and containes all needed devices for 5 working groups. Benefits ▪ ▪

By recording values with the help of the Cobra4 Junior-Link, experiments can conveniently be carried out. The optimum use of this device set is in the area of student experiments.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

5 x Cobra4 Junior-Link 5 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Chemistry, pH and 2 x Temperature NiCrNi 5 x Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 5 x pH-electrode, plastic, refill., BNC 5 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity, with stainless steel electrodes 1 x "measure Cobra4" software, individual work station and school licence. Delivered in a stable aluminium case

12617-89

Cobra4 JUNIOR-Link, Basic Set Biology for 5 groups, incl. Software, Handbook and aluminium case

Function and Applications This attractive device set is ideally suited to computer-aided student experiments in the field of bgiology and containes all needed devices for 5 working groups. Benefits ▪ ▪

By recording values with the help of the Cobra4 Junior-Link, experiments can conveniently be carried out. The optimum use of this device set is in the area of student experiments.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪

5 x Cobra4 Junior-Link 5 x Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Temperature, semiconductor -20...110°C

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 925

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

excellence in science 926

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 927

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

temperature, pressure, pH/potential, light intensity, cardiac and vascular sounds, heart rate, voltage. Equipment and technical data: Cobra3 Biology Set contents: All Cobra3 devices are listed in the following order: • Sets • Literature • Basic units • Software modules • Measuring modules and accessories • General accessories You will find further information on articles, manuals and experiments in the respective chapters and on the PHYWE website.

computer interface with 7 measuring inputs, of which 5 are analog inputs and 2 are digital inputs, sampling rate 500kHz, analog output with a voltage range of +/-10V, voltage output (5V at 0.2A), USB, incl. USB cable, External power supply, Software Universal Recorder, Software Temperature, Software Pressure, Software pH/potential Pressure measuring module pH/potential measuring module, pH electrode, polythene-sheathed, Photo diode, in G1 housing, 2 temperature sensors, -20...110°C, Acoustic measuring probe, with FET amplifier, Handbook Chemistry/Biology, computerassisted experiments 12173-77

Sets As well as the classical sets consisting of a basic unit and a selection of sensors for the different specialist departments, there exists a selection of sets which include everything to cover whole project areas. For example, gas laws, basics of electrics/electronics, calorimetry, neurobiology or plant physiology.

Fundamentals of electricity and electronics, 10 experiments with FG module

Cobra3 Physics set

Function and Applications

The Physics Set consist of: Cobra3 BASIC-Unit, Power Supply 12 V/ 2A, Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole, Software Cobra3 Universal recorder, Software Cobra3 Timer/ Counter, Software Cobra3 Translat./ Rotation, Software Cobra3 Temperature, Software Cobra3 Fourier analysis, Ligth barrier comact, Photo diode, G1, Wire resistor, 0.2 Ohm, 2 W, G1, Temperature sensor, -10...120 °C, Beam stopper, Measuring microphone with amplifier, Handbook Physics, computer assisted experiments with Cobra3 12171-77

Cobra3 Biology set

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Ohm´s law Characterics of semiconductors (Diodes, Transistors) Switch on behaviour of capacitors Switch on behaviour of coils Coil in AC circuit Capacitor in AC circuit Inductance of solenoids Magnetic induction RLC-circuit High-pass and low-pass filters

12111-88

Function and Applications Analog/ digital computer interface including all components necessary to take measurements of the following parameters:

excellence in science 928

Multifunctional and easy adaptable basic set for computer-based analysis of current and voltage characteristics, especially for very fast signal response (500 kHz) and dependance of frequencies for practicals and demonstration. The set contains everything for the performance of the following experiments:

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Set calorimetry, 230 V

Set gas laws with glass jacket, 230 V

Function and Applications With this setup a great number of measurements to heat capacities, reaction enthalpies, solution enthalpies, neutralisation enthalpies, melting enthalpies and enthalpies of mixtures can be carried out. Advantages This set allows to execute the measurements in a didactical clear and easy way: ▪ ▪

the transparent calorimetric vessel allows at every time a free insight into the system the heat capacity of the calorimetric system itself is determined especially conveniently by supplying an exactly known amount of electric heating energy to the system

Equipment and Technical Data It will be delivered complete with tripod material and all necessary small hardware items. ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Calorimeter, transparent Heating coil with sockets Magnetic stirrer Work and power meter Universal power supply Small hardware items- CD with literature

Not included are temperature measuring instruments. Accessory data acquisition set with Cobra3 Basic Unit for recording the temperature by means of a PC. 43030-88

Cobra3 Data acquisition set for set calorimetry Function and Applications This set allows the computer-assisted measuring and evaluation of temperature in a comfortable way for experiments with the "Set calorimetry".

Function and Applications With this set, experiments on the following topics can be carried out: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Gas law of Boyle-Mariotte Gas law of Gay-Lussac Gas law of Amonton (Charles) Determination of molar masses according to the vapor density method

Benefits This set allows to execute the measurements in a didactical clear and easy understandable way: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

clear set-up easy to understand completely mercury-free quickly to execute short preparation time

Equipment and technical data It will be delivered complete with tripod material and all necessary small hardware items: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Glass jacket Gas syringe Heater Tripod material Small hardware items CD with literature

Not included are measuring instruments as thermometers or manometers. Accessories Data acquisition set with Cobra3 Basic unit for recording the measured data by means of a PC. 43003-88

Advantages Because the temperature data are recorded with a PC it is very easy to analyse and represent the results fast and graphically. Equipment and Technical Data

Cobra3 Data acquisition set for set gas laws 43003-30

The set is completely supplied with all small hardware items which are required to mount the temperature probe in the calorimetric vessel. Scope of delivery: Cobra3 BASIC-UNI USB, Power supply unit 12 V DC/ 2 A, Software Cobra3 Temperature, Measuring module, Temperature Pt100, Temperature probe, immersion type, Pt100, Small hardware items 43030-30

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 929

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Cobra3 Set automatic titration, 230 V

This set allows to execute themeasurements in a didactical clear andeasy way:- small costs- easy to understand for the students- quickly to execute- because the measured values arerecorded with an interface thetitration curves can be representedeasily Equipment and technical data It will be delivered complete withtripod material and all necessary smallhardware items:- Cobra3-ChemUnit- Software measure- pHelectrode- Immersion temperature probe, Teflon- Drop counter- Magnetic stirrer- Small hardware items- CD with literature Accessories Conductivity-probe for the recordingof conductivity titration 43050-88

Function and Applications

Electrophysiology Lab, 230 V

With this setup titrations can be carried out completely automatised, e.g. quantitative analyses, determination of concentrations, determination of dissociation constants of weak bases and acids. Benefits This set allows to execute measurements in a didactical clear and easy way: All system components are visible and thus easily identifiable, Precise, reproducible results, Because measured values are recorded with an interface the titration curves can be presented easily Equipment and technical data Tripod material and all necessary small hardware items., Cobra3-Chem Unit, Software "measure", pH-electrode, Immersion temperature probe, Teflon, Motor piston burette, Magnetic stirrer, Small hardware items, CD with literature

Function and Applications

Accessories

Equipment and technical data

Conductivity-probe for the recording of conductivity titrations

computer interface with USB port, seven measurement inputs (5 analog and 2 digital), voltage output (5V and 0.2A) for 4mm connectors, data transfer rate 500 kHz, online frequency analysis, Bio-Amplifier with 100x and 1000x signal amplification and measurement settings for ECG, EMG and EOG, radial reflex hammer for the mechanical triggering of an inpulse to be connected directly to the computerinterface, with radial switch in the hammer head to start measurement, incl. 2 m long cable and two 4 mm plugs, electrode collecting cable to connect ECG and EMG electrodes, with color-coded cables (red, yellow, green), three stainless steel ECG electrodes, contact area 30 x 80 mm with connectors for electrode collecting cable, three EMG electrodes with cable and 2 mm-miniature connector, electrode gel to improve contact between electrodes and skin, storage box for accessories.

43040-88

Cobra3 set pH titration with drop counter, 230 V

Complete instrument set to perform computer-assisted standard experiments covering human and animal physiology: heart, muscle, eye, nerve.

65981-66

Cobra3 Basic set Biochemistry and plant physiology

Function and Applications

Benefits

Instrument set to perform the following experiments:

excellence in science 930

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Photosynthesis Transpiration of leaves Glycolysis Ionic permeability of the cell membrane Determination of the Michaelisconstant Substrate inhibition of enzymes Enzyme inhibition Enzymatic activity of catalase

Equipment and technical data The instrument set consists of ▪ ▪ ▪

Computer interface for data acquisision with 7 measurement inputs (5 analog and 2 digital inputs), one voltage output (5V and 0.2A) with 4mm sockets Sampling rate 500 kHz Online frequency analyser

Sensors for ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Temperature -20...110°C pH/ potential Conductivity Pressure Software for data analysis Lamp socket with reflector (diameter 20 cm) and 120 W filament lamp Special glassware Special stand material for the experiment setups

Neuron unit ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Simulates a generalised nerve cell with an apical dendrite and its synaptic contacts, a cell body (soma) and a nerve fibre (axon) with myelin sheathes and a Ranvier's ring. The dendrite comprises exciting, inhibiting, presynaptic and Hebbian synapses which are marked by the corresponding colours of the sockets. Here the axons end in presynaptic buttons. These are represented together with a part of the (afferent) fibre providing the signal. The connection between the (efferent) axon of a neuron unit which leads away or the stimulus output socket of the operating unit and a synapse is established by means of a white cable which is inserted into the desired synapse socket. The yellow sockets serve for the derivation of the state of excitement of the simulated neuron. They are connected to a computer interface. The action potentials can be made audible with the aid of the integrated acoustic monitor. The turning knob "S" serves for setting the "firing threshold" of the neuron.

Neurobiology Lab, 230 V 65963-11 Additional nerve cell 65963-10

Required Accessories ▪

Standard lab equipment and chemicals

Basic set Biochemistry and plant physiology (Cobra3) 65980-88 Standard labware set for Biochemistry & plant physiology, 230 V 65980-77

Cobra3, literature The diverse possibilities which the Cobra3 family offers are combined into extensive experiment collections. This includes, for example, more than 140 demonstration experiments and more than 120 experiments for college practical training in scientific specialist departments.

Cobra3-Set Neurobiology

Function and Applications Complete instrument set consisting of neuron unit, operating unit, computer interface, measure software for data acquisition and analysis, various cables and manual. Benefits ▪ ▪

With this instrument set 13 experiments covering the topic "nerve cell" can be performed. Optional upgrade available to perform additional experiments about nerve cell interactions and neuronal networks.

Handbook Cobra3, Physics Computer-assisted experiments with Cobra3 01310-02 Demo advanced Chemistry / Biology Manual Cobra3 (C3BT) 01320-02 Neurosimulator Handbook 01191-02 TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments Physics 16508-02 TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments Physics 16502-32 TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments CHEMISTRY 16504-12 Labortory Experiments Biol., L.V. 16506-02

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

Computer interface: 7 measurement inputs (5 analog and 2 digital inputs) One voltage output (5V and 0.2A) with 4 mm sockets Sampling rate 500 kHz and online frequency analyser.

Operating unit ▪

4 output channels which generate "muscle and sense signals", also serves as supply power to operate up to 4 neuron units.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 931

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Cobra3, basic units There are four basic units, of which up to 8 items can be cascaded. As well as the COM-UNIT, which replaces the computer, and the DISPLAY UNIT, which can be used as a demo-display unit in connection with the other basic units, the BASIC UNIT and the CHEM UNIT play a central role as actual basic units for data acquisition.

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Interface: USB Data transfer rate: 115200 bit/s Memory: 12000 values Dimensions (mm): 190 x 135 x 90 Fail-safe plastic housing with support feet, several fixation possibilities and lateral docking option for further units.

Included accessories ▪

USB Cable

Required accessoires:

Cobra3 Basic-Unit, USB

▪

Cobra3 Power supply (12150-99)

Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT, USB 12150-50 Power supply 12V / 2A 12151-99

Cobra3 Chem-Unit

Function and Applications Computer interface for measurement and control in naturalscience education (physics, chemistry and biology). Benefits ▪ ▪

Operation either with PC (USB port) or with special operation unit (COM-Unit). Upgrade for measurement of non-electrical quantities by use of plug-in modules.

Equipment and technical data 3 analog input channels ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Module port: ± 10 V Connection type: 25-pole Sub-D Sensor port 1: ± 30/ 10 V Connection type: 4 mm socket 9-pole Sub-D Input: grounded Input resistance: 500 kOhm Sensor port 2: ± 30/10/3/1/0.3/0.1 V Connection type: 4 mm sockets 9-pole Sub-D Difference potential input: Input resistance: 1 MOhm

For all analog inputs ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Maximum sampling rate: 500 kHz Online sampling rate: 5 kHz Burst-mode: 5 Hz...500 kHz Resolution: 12 bit Voltage protection: 230 V AC Trigger: adjustable

Timer/Counter 1 ▪ ▪ ▪

Number of counts: 32 bit Resolution: 800 ns Connection type: 4 mm sockets

Timer/Counter 2 ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Number of counts: 40 bit Resolution: 200 ns Connection type: 4 mm sockets Analog control output: ± 10 V Resolution: 12 bit Connection type: 9-pole Sub-D

General data ▪

Supply voltage: 12 V DC/ 6 W

excellence in science 932

Function and application Allows to measure all important measuring quantities in chemistry and biology. Advantages You can run the Chem-Unit with a computer (via serial interface) or without a computer (combined with the Com-Unit). Equipment and specification: Inputs: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

pH/potential: 0...14 pH (0.01 pH); -2.2...+2.2 V (+/- 1 mV) 10 Giga-Ohm, BNC Conductivity: 6 ranges of measurement: 0...1000 mS/cm; pH/ Potential and conductivity are electrically isolated Temperature: NiCr-Ni thermoelement T1, T2, T3; -100...1500°C Temperature: Pt1000 sensor T4; measuring range -100...850°C Temperature sensor in housing T0; measuring range 0...85 °C. Analog In: 3 measuring ranges +/-3.2V; 32V; 81V TTL In/Out for drop counter or motor piston burett Voltage output: 5V / 0.2 A e.g.for drop counter Connections RS232-D-Sub-9 jack-Bit rate up to 115200 bit/s Voltage supply 12V/ 6W Shock-resistant plastic housing with support bases, a wide range of fixing possibilities and two lateral connectors for cascading further units

Cobra3 Chem-Unit 12153-00 Power supply 12V / 2A 12151-99

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Cobra3 Display-Unit

Cobra3, software modules As well as the free software measure, with the aid of which all measured data can be evaluated securely and reliably, and interconnections represented rapidly, there are specially-coordinated software modules for every application. The selection is oriented either to the measurement variable or the project area of the experiment, or the universal applicability of the Cobra3 measuredvalue recording system.

Further Cobra3 software modules Function and Applications For large display of electrical and nonelectrical measured values and their units in combination with: ▪

Cobra3 Basic-Unit and Com-Unit with modules

▪

Cobra3 Chem-Unit and Com-Unit, hand-held measuring devices and electronic balances

Cobra3 Display Unit 12154-00 Power supply 12V / 2A 12151-99

Cobra3 Com-Unit

Function and Applications: For using the Cobra3 Basic-Unit without a computer. Benefits: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Easy connection to the Basic-Unit by plugging it into the lateral edge connector. LCD display with background lighting for selecting and presenting the measurement data. It is possible to connect large-format displays for demonstration purposes. Selection wheel for a comfortable use of the menu and for entering data.

Software Cobra3 Universal recorder 14504-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61 Software Cobra3 Chem-Unit 14520-61 Software COBRA3 Temperature 14503-61 Software Cobra3, Oxygen 14505-61 Software Cobra3 Radioactivity 14506-61 Software Cobra3, Lux 14507-61 Software Cobra3 Conductivity 14508-61 Software Cobra3 pH and potential 14509-61 Software Cobra3, Pressure 14510-61 Software Cobra3 Timer/Counter 14511-61 Software Cobra3-Force/ Tesla 14515-61 Softw. Cobra3 translat./rotation 14512-61 Software Cobra3 - Fourier analysis 14514-61 Software Cobra3 - gas laws 14516-61 Software Cobra3-Weather station 14518-61 Software Cobra3-hall effect 14521-61 Software package Cobra3 for BASIC- and CHEM-UNIT 14540-61

Power supply (12151-99) required. Cobra3-Com-Unit 12152-00 Power supply 12V / 2A 12151-99

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 933

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Cobra3, measurement modules and accessories All necessary units for the recording of different measurement variables, and/or for different subject areas: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Current/ Voltage Current, voltage, frequency Arbitrary voltage signals Movement Force Charging Acoustics, heart and vascular sound processing Temperature Pressure Gas laws Meteorological data Light strength/ light intensity Magnetic field Radioactivity Hall effect pH-value and potential Conductance Titration Scales Dissolved oxygen Nerve physiology

▪ ▪

Limiting frequency: 20 kHz Continuity resistance: < 0.01 Ohm

Cobra3 current probe 6A 12126-00 Cobra3 current probe 30A 12127-00

Cobra3 Industry-Sensor-Adapter

Function and Applications

Measurement context: Voltage and current

The Industry sensor adapter is used to adapt commercially available industrial sensors with 2-, 3- and 4-conductor technology to the Cobra3 interfacesystem. Benefits:

Cobra3 Current probes

▪

All sensor signals are converted into the Cobra3-typical 0...10 V signal.

Equipment and technical data: ▪

Supply voltage output: 24 V DC/50 mA

max. Signal input: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

2-conductor 4...20 mA: R_i = 500 Ohm 3-conductor 0...20 mA: R_i = 500 Ohm 4-conductor 0...10 mA: R_i = 130 kOhm Signal output (Cobra3):0...10 V or 2...10 V DC Resolution 5 mV (corresponds to 10 mA sensor signal)

12132-00 Function and Applications These galvanically separated sensors serve for measurements of direct and alternating currents. Equipment and technical data Plastic housing with 4-mm safety sockets. 350-mm data cable enabling the connection to the appropriate interface. Dimensions of sensors: 97 x 42 x 25 (mm). Weight: approx. 0.12 kg. Current probe 6 A: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 6 A, 0.6 A Continuous current: max. 6 A Accuracy: +/- 1.5 % Resolution: 0.1 % (of end value of measuring range) Limiting frequency: 20 kHz Continuity resistance: < 0.02 Ohm

Current probe 30 A: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 30 A, 3 A Continuous current: max. 25 A Accuracy: +/- 1.5% Resolution: 0.1 % (of end value of measuring range)

excellence in science 934

Software Cobra3 Universal recorder 14504-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61 Software Cobra3 - Fourier analysis 14514-61

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Measurement context: Current, voltage, frequency programmable voltage and current source

Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

Measurement context: Arbitrary voltage signals Cobra3 Measuring module function generator Measuring devices with analogue output

Function and Applications Plug-in measurement module for generating sinusoidal, square-wave and triangular-wave signals, direct voltages and frequency- or voltage-ramps. Benefits: The module can be used as a voltage or current source: ▪ ▪ ▪

If it is used as a voltage source, the actual frequency and current can be displayed and measured during operation If it is used as a current source, the actual frequency and voltage can be displayed and measured. In addition, up to 2 measurement quantities can be recorded and evaluated with the help of an interface.

Equipment and technical data:

Meter for Stirling engine, pVnT 04371-97 Control Unit for Si-Photodetector 08735-99 Control unit gas chromatograph 36670-99 Biological amplifier 65961-93

Frequency ranges: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Range 1: 200 Hz-20 kHz Interval: 10 Hz Range 2: 2 Hz-200 Hz Interval: 1 Hz Signal form: Sinusoidal, square-wave, triangular-wave signals, direct voltages and frequency- or voltage-ramps

Stirling engine with Cobra3

Voltage source: ▪ ▪ ▪

Amplitude: 0 V...10 V Interval: 5 mV Offset voltage: -10 V...10 V(adjustable)

Current source: ▪ ▪ ▪

Amplitude: 0 mA...100 mA Interval: 5 mA Offset current: 100 mA...100 mA

12111-00

Principle The Stirling engine is submitted to a load by means of an adjustable torquemeter, or by a coupled generator. Rotation frequency and temperature changes of the Stirling engine are observed. Effective mechanical energy and power, as well as effective electrical power, are assessed as a function of rotation frequency. The amount of energy converted to work per cycle can be determ-

Software Cobra3 Universal recorder 14504-61

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 935

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

ined with the assistance of the pV diagram. The efficiency of the Stirling engine can be estimated.

Light barrier, compact

Tasks 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Determination of the burner's thermal efficiency Calibration of the sensor unit. Calculation of the total energy produced by the engine through determination of the cycle area on the oscilloscope screen, using transparent paper and coordinate paper. Assessment of the mechanical work per revolution, and calculation of the mechanical power output as a function of the rotation frequency, with the assistance of the torque meter. Assessment of the electric power output as a function of the rotation frequency. Efficiency assessment.

What you can learn about First and second law of thermodynamics, Reversible cycles, Isochoric and isothermal changes, Gas jaws, Efficiency, Stirling engine, Conversion of heat, Thermal pump Literature for this experiment as follows: TESS expert Handbook Laboratory Experiments Physics 16502-32 English

Function and Applications Universal fork-type light barrier to measure short and long shadowingperiods. Benefits:

P2360415

▪

Measurement context: Movement

▪

An incremental wheel with a string groove which can be attached to the fork of the light barrier allows to measure paths by counting the ribs of the incremental wheel. Areas of application: track experiments, freefall, pendulum experiments, leaf springoscillations, drop counters, volumetric measurements concerning the gas laws.

Equipment and technical data:

Movement sensor with cable

▪ ▪

Dimensions: 40 x 40 mm Supply voltage: 5 V

11207-20

Softw. Cobra3 translat./rotation

14512-61

Falling sphere apparatus

Function and Applications Low-friction incremental decoder with a high resolution to detect rotary movements and linear movements. Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

String grooves Ø6 mm, 12 mm. dimensions: (72x34x113) mm Plastic housing with mounting shaft and cable Resolution 512 steps / revolution

Function and technical data Determination of the gravitational acceleration of the earth with great precision.

12004-10

Benefits: ▪

excellence in science 936

The exclusively mechanical retention of the falling body allows to avoid mistakes caused by residual magnetism from electromagnetic retention systems for precision measurements of the falling times of a free falling ball.

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

▪ ▪ ▪

Release unit with ball for timely defined local release of suited bodies, e.g. balls, falling rods,etc. Impact switch release and impacts witch are fixed to a support by means of clamps. This allows to determine the falling trajectory arbitrarily.

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪

Release unit with ball Impact switch

02502-88

Function and Applications Plug-in module for measuring forces in conjunction with the Newton sensor (no.12110.01). Benefits: Especially suitable for experiments dealing with extremely small forces, e.g. surface tension experiments, Coulomb's law, current balance etc. Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring ±4 mN, ±40 mN, ranges ±400 mN, ±4 N Resolution 0.0035 mN,0.035 mN, 0.35 mN, 3.5 mN Compensation± 4 N in every measuring range. Dimensions: (100x50x40) mm

12110-00

Software Cobra3 Timer/Counter 14511-61 Light barrier, compact 11207-20 Beam stopper 02504-00

Newton sensor

Measurement context: Force

Cobra3 Measuring module Newton

Function and Applications For connecting to the COBRA3 force measurement module. Metal casing with load-bearing hooks for tension forces and load plate for handling compression forces. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

With mounting rod and fixed mains lead End limit sensors for overload protection Lifting range 0.4 mm/N approx. Measuring range: max. +/- 4 N Resolution: max. +/- 0.0035 mN Compensation: +/- 4 N Dimensions (mm): 62 x 40 x 120

12110-01

Cobra3 newton sensor +/- 50N

Function and Applications

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 937

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Force sensor with 4 strain gauges in full bridge circuit, with tare function, load hooks and fixing screw for assembly to stands.

Equipment and technical data ▪

Benefits: ▪ ▪

With 1.9 m fixed cable between sensor and probe Including 350 mm data cable 2 x Sub-D, 9-pin type.

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: ± 50/15/5/1/0.5 N Resolution: 0.1% of upper limit of effective range Max. loading: 120 N Limiting frequency: 500 Hz Tare: possible in every measuring range max. 50 N Dimensions (mm): 70 x 50 x 15 Weight (only sensor): 80 g

12125-00

Software Cobra3-Force/ Tesla

14515-61

Measurement context: Charge

Electrometer Amplifier

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Power supply via 4 mm sockets or wall power supply with hole socket Operation temperature: 5...40°C Relative humidity: < 80% Gain/ amplification: 1.0 Input resistance: > 10000 GOhm Input current: < 0.5 pA Input capacitance: < 50 pF Input voltage: Amplifier (socket 1): ± 10 V2. input (socket 2): 1 kV Power supply: 12 V AC/25 mA hole socket: 2.1/5.5 mm or External power source: 12 V AC25 mA 4 mm sockets or: Cobra3 interface: ± 15 V RS232 socket Output voltage: ± 10 V Output current: 1 mA Output resistance: < 500 Ohm Dimensions H × W × D (mm): 65 × 113 × 35 Weight: 150 g

Software Cobra3 Universal recorder 14504-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61 Electrometer Amplifier 13621-00 Data cable for cobra probes 12150-07

Measurement context: Acoustics, heart and vascular sound processing

Measuring microphone

Function and Applications With an integrated amplifier and three selectable output modes: level, signal,TTL-level. Benefits: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Continuously adjustable amplification. Amplifier with minimum current requirements. Powered by a battery. Automatic shutdown after about 90 min if powered by a battery. Reactivation by means of a push-button.

Equipment and technical data: Function and Applications Operational amplifier with high resistance input for quasi-static voltage measurement and measurement of very small charges.

▪

Frequency range: 30 Hz...20kHz, (15...30 Hz and 20...40 kHz) with a reduced reception 25 cm sensor tube (d = 8 mm) ensuring an interference-free measurement of soundfields Flexible shielded cable (l = 2m), BNC plug threaded rod for secure fastening

Benefits

▪ ▪

03542-00

excellence in science 938

▪

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Measuring microphone w.amplifier

Software Cobra3 Timer/Counter 14511-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

Measurement context: Temperature

Cobra3, sensor -20..110 C

Function and Applications Electret capsule with 1.5 m long cable suitable for special investigations, e.g. point shaped plotting of soundfields. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Frequency range 30 Hz ... 20 kHz Sensitivity 6.0 mV/Pa at 1 kHz Gain 0 ... 1000 in phase with sound signal Signal output 4V max. at 3 Ohm Dimensions: (mm) 120 x 25 x 60

Required accessory ▪

9 V battery

03543-00

Acoustic probe for COBRA3

Function and Applications To be connected directly to the sensorports of the Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT. Equipment and techical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Sensor sheathing: stainless sationsteel Diameter: 6 mm Sensor length: 200 mm Measuring range: -20°C...+110°C Resolution: 0.2°C Total length incl. cable: 1.5 m

12120-00

Cobra3 Measuring module, temp. NiCrNi, 330°C

Function and Applications Highly sensitive miniature microphone for measuring cardiac and vascular sound and for determining the heartbeat rate. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

Electret microphone with FET amplifier Including a 1.5 m cable with 9-pin Sub-Dplug Frequency range: 50 Hz...20 kHz

03544-00

Function and Applications Plug-in module for measuring temperatures by means of NiCr-Ni thermocouples in the range of -50. 330°C. Benefits ▪

Can be combined with the pressure measuring module,e.g. to record vapour-pressure diagramsor to compensate the influence of thetemperature on the electric conductivity or the pH value in solutions together with the corresponding modules and sensors.

Equipment and technical data Software Cobra3 Universal recorder 14504-61 Software Cobra3 - Fourier analysis 14514-61

▪ ▪

Measuring range -50...333°C Resolution: 0.2°C.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 939

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Measuring module, Temperature NiCr-Ni, 330°C 12104-00 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05

Measuring mod.,Temperature PT100

Temperature sensor Pt1000 with 4 mm plug connectors (for CHEM UNIT)

Function and Applications For temperature measurement and for automatic temperature compensation of the pH and conductance measurement, with the employment of measurement cells, without built-in temperature sensor. Connection: 4 mm plug connector. Temperature probe Pt-1000 13702-01 Temp. probe Pt-1000, 10m cable 07139-01

Software COBRA3 Temperature 14503-61 Software Cobra3 - gas laws 14516-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61 Software Cobra3 Chem-Unit 14520-61

Measurement context: Pressure Function and Applications Plug-in module for a high-resolution measurement of temperatures using Pt 100 sensors. Benefits ▪ ▪

Cobra3 Pressure sensors

Two sensors can be connected simultaneously (multiplexing). Measurement of the temperature difference with a resolution of 0.01 K.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -60...350°C Resolution: 0.01 K

Measuring mod.,Temperature PT100 12102-00 Temp. probe, immersion type, Pt100, stainless steel, -20...+300°C 11759-01 Surface temperature probe PT100, -20...+300°C 11759-02 Temp.probe, imm., PT100, -20...+300°C, teflon 11759-04 Temp. probe, imm. type, Pt1000, Cobra3 12123-00

Function and Applications Absolute and differential pressure sensors for overpressure and vacuum systems. Can be used in combination with a Pc and the Cobra3 Basic-Unit or without a PC combined with the Cobra3 Basic-Unit and the Cobra3 Com-Unit. Benefits ▪ ▪

With hose connector and hose section for connecting the module to any type of peripheral equipment. Including data cable for Cobra3 sensors.

Equipment and technical data

excellence in science 940

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

35 cm data cable Measuring range: 80 mbar and 2.0 bar, respectively Autorange: (80-8-2,4) mbar and (0.6-2.0) bar, respectively Max. pressure: 750 mbar and 10 bar, respectively Accuracy: 5 % and 1.5 %, respectively Resolution: 0.05 % Dimensions (mm): 75 x 42 x 25

Cobra3 press. sensor 2.0 bar abs. 12128-00 Cobra3 press. sensor 80 mbar diff. 12130-00 Cobra3 press. sensor 2.0 bar diff. 12129-00

Software Cobra3, Pressure 14510-61 Software Cobra3 - gas laws 14516-61 Software Cobra3-Weather station 14518-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

Benefits ▪ ▪

▪

With hose connector and hose section for connecting the module to any type of peripheral equipment (the vacuum rubber tubing no.39288.00 is recommended for extension purposes). The measuring module replaces mercury manometers or crusher gauges normally used for studying the gas laws, for recording vapour-pressure diagrams or for measuring the barometric pressure. Pressure sensor integrated in the measuring mod.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range 0...2000 hPa Resolution 0.5 hPa Overload capacity up to 4000 hPa Response time ≤1 ms Suitable media: non-aggressive gases and liquids

Measuring module, pressure 12103-00 Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00 Modulconverter COBRA3-mea.unit 12150-04

Cobra3 Measuring module Temperature NiCr-Ni, 330°C

Measurement context: Gas laws

Cobra3 Measuring module, pressure

Function and Applications Plug-in module for Cobra3 interface. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -50...+330°C Resolution: 0.2°C. Dimensions (mm): 100 x 50 x 40

Measuring module, Temperature NiCr-Ni, 330°C 12104-00 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Cobra3, sensor -20..110 C 12120-00

Software Cobra3 - gas laws

Function and Applications Plug-in module for measuring pressures or pressure differences.

14516-61

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 941

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Measurement context: Meteorological data

Humidity sensor for Cobra3

Software Cobra3-Weather station

14518-61

Measurement context: Light strength/ light intensity

Photo diode, G1

Function and Applications Measurement of relative humidity (RH), absolute humidity and temperature with Cobra3 Basic-UNIT. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Humidity Range: 5-95% RH (non-condensing) accuracy: ± 5% RH at 25°C response rate: approx. 15 seconds in moving air at 25°C repeatability: ± 0.5% RH temperature range: 40°C.+85°C accuracy: ± 1°C at 25°C resolution: ± 0.1°C.

Cup anemometer for Cobra3

Function and Applications Wind sensor with large speed measurement range of 4 to 140 km/h for fitting to masts or support rods or poles. Benefits Can be screwed onto the tripod rod/pole (M6) or attached to any mast or jib using the fixing angle supplied. Equipment and technical data Operating temperature: o...+70°C Measuring range: 1...40m/s resp. 4....140km/h max. switching capacity: 0.6V weight: 0.3kg dimensions: 112 x 162 x 140 mm

12124-00

excellence in science 942

Photo diode, G1 Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪

12121-00

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Function and Applications

Plastic housing (37 x 18 x 32 mm) with 4mm plugs in 19 mm spacing Open circuit voltage 380 mV at 1 klx Short circuit current: approx. 35μA at 1klx

Photo diode, G1 39119-01 resistor 470 Ohm, 1W, G1 39104-15

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Cobra3 Measuring module lux

Measurement context: Magnetic field

Cobra3 Measuring module, Tesla

Function and Applications

Function and Applications Plug-in module for measuring the illuminance. Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪

Measuring range selectable with the aid of the software. Measuring Range, resolution: 300 Lx 0.15 Lx; 3 kLx1.5 Lx; 30 kLx 15 Lx; 300 kLx 150 Lx

Measuring module lux 12107-00 Luxmeter probe 12107-01 Lux immersion probe, 10m cable 07137-01

Software Cobra3, Lux 14507-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

Plug-in module for a precise measurement of magnetic DC and AC fields. Advantages ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measurements possible from 5 µT to 1T. Detection of the field direction (sign) in the case of DC fields. Software-controlled zero adjustment and compensation of interference fields up to ± 1 T. Readily calibrated, i.e. no calibration magnet necessary. Use of the Hall probes of the teslameter no. 13610.93. Measuring ranges: ± 10 mT, ± 100 mT, ± 1 T. Max. resolution: 5 µT (12 bit). Compensation ± 1 T in all measuring ranges.

Measuring module, Tesla 12109-00 Hall probe, axial 13610-01 Hall probe, tangential, protection cap 13610-02 Software Cobra3-Force/ Tesla 14515-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 943

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Measurement context: Radioactivity

Cobra3 Counter tube module

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Self-quenching halogen triggered tube with chrome-iron jacket and mica window, for investigating alpha-, beta- and gammarays. Handle for attachment included. Including a grill protecting the counter tube. Mica: 2 ...3 mg cm2 Working voltage: 500 V Plateau length: 200 V Plateau increase: 0.04 %/ V Dead time: about 100 µs Zero effect: aboout 45 pulses/ min Case diameter: 22 mm Diameter of counter tube: 45 mm Length of counter tube: 80 mm Weight: 320 g

09007-00

Counter tube holder on fix. magn.

Function and Applications Counter tube module 12106-00 Counter tube, type A, BNC 09025-11 Counter tube, type B 09005-00

Counter tube, GM, 45 mm

Function and Applications Highly sensitiv counter tube, especially suitable to investigate weakly radioactive samples. Because of the large active area experiments with natural beam sources deliver very good results. Benefits In the implementation of student experiments a radioactive source is no longer necessary.

excellence in science 944

For base plate (09200-00) or Physics demonstration board (02120-00). For attaching counting tubes with 22 mm casing diameter. Equipment and technical data Painted. Metal holder with placement marks and magnet with sturdy non-slip foil. Adhesive force 10 N. Counter tube holder on fix.magn. 09201-00 Holder f.counter tube large 09206-00 Screened cable, BNC, l 250 mm 07542-10 Screened cable, BNC, l 750 mm 07542-11

Software Cobra3 Radioactivity 14506-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Measurement context: Hall effect

Cobra3 Measuring module pH/ potential

Hall effect module

Function and applications Hall module with central power supply to provide an adjustable constant current for the sample and for the integrated sample heater. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

digital LED display (3 digits, 9 mm) to show either the sample current or the sample temperature sample heater with fully automatic temperature control system to avoid damage to the samples electronic compensating circuit for Hall voltage offset compensation RS 232 interface to connect an interface for comfortable data capturing, display and evaluation using a PC Different boards can be plugged easily and safely into the Hall module which requires only a 12 V AC power supply. The Hall module provides all operating parameters for the samples and displays the sample.

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Max. current of probe: +/- 60 mA Max. temperature of probe: 175 °C Power supply: 12 V AC/ max. 3.5 A Dimensions: 16 x 10.5 x 2.5 cm Weight: 0.25 kg

Hall effect module 11801-00 Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00 Hall effect,n-Ge,carrier board 11802-01 Hall effect,p-Ge,carrier board 11805-01 Intrins.conduct.Ge,carrier board 11807-01 Measuring module, Tesla 12109-00 Hall probe, tangential, protection cap 13610-02 Software Cobra3-hall effect 14521-61

Measurement context: pH-value and potential

Function and Applications Plug-in module for measuring pH values and potentials. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪

Front DIN-socket for pH probe. Temperature probe calibration and compensation are software controlled. Plastic housing with D-sub-25-plug on the back .

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Range -2... +2 V Resolution 1 mV Input impedance 10 ohms exp. 12 Impact-resistant plastic housing Dimensions: 100 x 50 x 40 mm

Measuring module pH/potential 12101-00 pH electrode, sterilisable 18456-00 pH-electrode, shock resistant 18452-00 pH-electrode, polythene sheathed 18450-00 Reference electrode, AgCl 18475-00 Platin.electrode in prot.tube,8mm 45206-00 pH-electrode, plastic body, gel, BNC 46265-15 pH-electrode, plastic, refill., BNC 46266-15 Redox electrode, BNC 46267-10 pH-electrode, glass, refill., BNC 46268-10 Redox electrode, BNC 46267-10

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 945

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Software Cobra3 Universal recorder 14504-61 Software Cobra3 Chem-Unit 14520-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

Measurement context: Conductance

Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

Measurement context: Titration

Motor piston burette, univer.

Cobra3 Measuring module Conductivity

Function and Application For uniform portioning and reproducible titrations - microprocessor controlled and with remote control. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications Plug-in module for conductivity measurements. Benefits ▪

Can be connected to the module port and/or sensor port 1 or 2 (with moduleconverter and data cable)

Display: LCD matrix (64 x 128 pixels) Dispensing accuracy: +/- 0.15 % Burette volume: 50 ml Display accuracy: 0.01 ml Glass cylinder: DURAN® Line voltage: 230 VAC

Motor.piston burette,univer.50ml 36499-93 Cable Chem-Unit/Motor piston burette 36501-01 Cable Basic-Unit/Motor piston burette 36501-03

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

4 Measuring ranges 0...0.2/2/20/200mS/cm Measuring frequency approx. 4 kHz dimensions: (100x50x40) mm cell constant: 0,85...1,15/cm Plastic housing with rear D-sub-25-plug

Light barrier, compact

Measuring module Conductivity 12108-00 Conductivity probe K1 18151-02 Conductivity temperature probe Pt1000 13701-01 Software Cobra3 Conductivity 14508-61 Software Cobra3 Chem-Unit 14520-61 Function and Applications

excellence in science 946

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Universal fork-type light barrier to measure short and long shadowingperiods.

scaling. Integrated application programs: Counting, %-weighing, net total/recipe; animal weighing; switchover between 2 units

Benefits:

Equipment and technical data Readability: 1 mg, weighing range: 620 g, weighing scale pan diameter: 110 mm (stainless steel), Adjustable feet for level installation, integrated bi-directional serial interface (RS232) for simple data transfer, casing dimensions (mm): 213 x 342 x 153, included power supply unit included in the scope of delivery, mains power connection voltage: 230 V~, including measure software for weighing scales.

An incremental wheel with a string groove which can be attached to the fork of the light barrier allows to measure paths by counting the ribs of the incremental wheel., Areas of application: track experiments, freefall, pendulum experiments, leaf springoscillations, drop counters, volumetric measurements concerning the gas laws. Equipment and technical data: Dimensions: 40 x 40 mm, Supply voltage: 5 V 11207-20

Set of Precision Balance Sartorius CPA 623S and measure software, 230 V 49224-88 Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00 Balance adapter, 25/9 pins 14601-01 Converter USB - RS232, active 14602-10

Software Cobra3 Chem-Unit 14520-61 Software Cobra3 Conductivity 14508-61 Software Cobra3 pH and potential 14509-61

Measurement context: Scales

Set composed of Sartorius weighing scale and software

Software Cobra3 Chem-Unit 14520-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

Measurement context: Dissolved oxygen

Cobra3 Measuring module,oxygen

Function and Applications Set composed of Sartorius CPA623S weighing scale, with built-in RS232 interface and the measure software for weighing scales. (The series-connection cables for the connecting of the weighing scale with the PC are not included in the scope of delivery.) The Sartorius weighing scales of the CP series offer many technical advantages, which ensure the permanent operation of the weighing scales with maximum measurement accuracy: Monolithic weighing system technology, robust, precise, reliable - for years! Benefits Four digital filter stages; with these the weighing scale can be adapted optimally to the environmental conditions at the installation location. Internal, motor-operated adjustment weight: Highest weighing scale precision by simple key press. Calibration and adjustment function isoCAL: It guarantees the constant high precision of the weighing scale through a regular, fully-automatic adjustment. Exceptional read-off, back-lit display with particularly large characters (16.5 mm). Simple operation; all keys with perceptible pressing point; clear operator panel. Functional wind protection; detachable side disks for precise dosing. Perfect purity. Large scale pan: For more convenient

Function and Applications Plug-in module for oxygen measurements.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 947

6 Additional material 6.3 Cobra3

Benefits: ▪ ▪

Neurosimulator

Simultaneous measurement of the oxygen concentration and the temperature using the oxygen/ temperature probe no.12105.01. If there is also a pressure measuring module or a conductivity measuring module these can be connected to a free sensor port for correcting the atmospheric pressure or the salt content.

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring ranges O2-concentration 0.30 mg/l O2-saturation 0.2% Temperature 0.5 °C Accuracy O2 2% of the measured value Temperature automatic compensation (0.5 °C) Atmospheric pressure correction: manual or automatic using the pressure module Salt content correction manual or automatic using the conductivity module Electrode in air saturated calibration water or in the air.

Measuring module,oxygen 12105-00 Oxygen/Temperature probe 12105-01 Software Cobra3, Oxygen 14505-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

Measurement context: Neurophysiology

Biological amplifier

Function and applications The neurosimulator simulates a generalised nerve cell with an apical dendrite, a cell body and a nerve fibre. Neuro-simulator 65963-00 Neuro-simulator, power supply 65963-93 Software Cobra3 Universal recorder 14504-61 Software Cobra3 PowerGraph 14525-61

Further information You will find further information on the possibilities of computerassisted recording of neurophysiological data in the respective chapters.

Accessories

With the aid of this biological amplifier a wide range of electrophysiological experiments can be carried out on human beings (ECG, EMG, EEG, EOG, ENG) and animals. Biological amplifier 65961-93 Reflex hammer, triggering 65981-10 ECG electrodes, 3/pkg 65981-01 EMG electrodes, 3 off 65981-02 Electrode commoning cable 65981-03

excellence in science 948

Modulconverter COBRA3-mea.unit 12150-04 Converter USB - RS232, active 14602-10 Power supply 12V / 2A 12151-99

Data cable for cobra probes 12150-07 Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00 Data cable USB, plug type A/B, 1.8 m 14608-00 USB 2.0 4 Port Hub, incl. Power supply 14612-00 Data cable, socket/socket, null modem, 9 pole 14603-00

6 Additional material 6.4 Power supply units

Power supply units 6.4.1 6.4.2 6.4.3 6.4.4

Small to medium voltage power supply units Stabilised and regulated power supply units High-voltage power supply units Signal generators

950 952 955 956

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 949

6.4 Power supply units 6.4.1 Small to medium voltage power supply units

Multitap transformer, 14 VAC/ 12 VDC, 5 A

Variable transformer, 25 VAC/ 20 VDC, 12 A

Function and Applications Power supply unit for low voltage supplies DC and AC voltages in2 V steps. Equipment and technical data Galvanic isolation for all outputs, free-of-ground, Selection of voltage output via one side fixed 4 mm bridge plug, AC output: 2/4/6/8/10/ 12/14 V/5 A, DC output: 2/4/6/8/10/12/14 V/5 A, Max. current (short term): 10 A, Max. power: 80 VA, Fuses: 10 A , SUPPLY VOLTAGE: 230 V AC, DIMENSIONS (mm): 230 x 236 x 168 13533-93

Function and Application Standard heavy duty power supply unit for low voltage. Supplies unit for continuously adjustable DC and AC voltages & 2 frequently required fixed voltages Equipment and technical data AC output: 0...25 V/12 A, DC output: 0...20 V/12 A, Max. current (short term): 13 A, Add. fixed voltages: 6 V AC/6 A12 V AC/6 A, Max. current (short term): 10 A, Max. power: 375 VA, Fuses: one 13 A and two 10 A, supply voltage: 230 V AC, dimensions (mm): 230 x 236 x 234 13531-93

Power supply variable 15 VAC/ 12 VDC/ 5 A Variable transformer 25 VAC /20 VDC, with display

Function and Applications Standard heavy duty power supply unit for low voltage. Supplies unit for continuously adjustable DC and AC voltages & 2 frequently required fixed voltages Equipment and technical data AC output: 0...15 V/5 A, DC output: 0...12 V/5 A, Max. current (short term): 10 A, Add. fixed voltages: 6 V AC/6 A12 V AC/6 A, Max. current (short term): 10 A, Max. power: 150 VA, Fuses: one 6 A and two 10 A, Supply voltage: 230 V AC, dimensions (mm): 230 x 236 x 168 13530-93

Function and Applications Standard heavy duty power supply unit for low voltage. Supplies continously adjustable DC and AC voltages & 2 frequently requiredfixed voltages. Equipment and technical data AC output: 0...25 V/12 A, DC output: 0...20 V/12 A, Max. current (short term): 13 A, Add. fixed voltages: 6 V AC/6 A12 V AC/6 A, Max. current (short term): 10 A, Max. power: 375 VA, Fuses: one 13 A and two 10 A , Displays: 2 analogue meters for current voltage, supply voltage: 230 V AC, dimensions (mm): 230 x 236 x 234

13532-93

excellence in science 950

6.4 Power supply units 6.4.1 Small to medium voltage power supply units

Variable transformer 36 VAC/ 30 VDC, 18 A

Function and Applications Supplies a continuously adjustable DC and alternating current; with two ironvane instruments for voltage and current, switch between DC and alternating voltage; start-up current attenuation. Equipment and technical data Galvanically isolated from the mains and non-grounded; protected also with an over current circuit-breaker. U, Imax (continuous), 0.36 V~, 18 A, 0.30 V-, 18 A, U, Imax (short term) 30 V-/36 V~, 20 A, Protection devices (secondary, automatic) 1 Circuit breaker, Power input 750 VA, Mains voltage 230 V~/50.60 Hz, Housing dimensions (mm) 370×235×234 13537-93

Transformer 3 phase 3-23/40V,3A

Variable transformer/ display 250/ 230 VAC/ DC

Function and Applications Heavy duty variable transformer with particularly high load capacity. Equipment and technical data Outputs galvanically isolated from the mains and non-grounded; overload and short circuit protected through overload safety switch (circuit breaker); protection class 2 (protective insulation, VDE 0550); startup current attenuation avoids circuit breaker tripping when switched on; DC and alternating current is continuously variable. 2 iron vane instruments for exact display (effective value) of output voltage and current.-output: 0-250 V~/ 6 A; 4-mm-safetyplugs; parallel 2 pole plug; 0.230 V-/ 6A; bridge rectifier-protection: through overload safetyswitch (circuit breaker)-start up current attenuation: start up sequence max. 3/min for mains voltages, voltages with Bor L- characteristic fuses-mains voltage: 230 V~/50.60 Hz-power consumption: 1500 VA-housing dimensions: 370×236×234 mm 13535-93

Lamp transformer, 220 V - 6-12V AC/ 90 VA

Function and Applications Low-voltage three-phase transformer for star and delta circuits. Equipment and technical data Switchable output voltages: 10/17 V~ (3-phase) and 23/40 V~ /max. 3 A, Star point withstands full loading, 3 x 3-A automatic circuit breakers, Floating outputs, 4-mm safety sockets, Mains switch and indicator lamp, Mains lead with Cekon three-phase earthed plug, Mains connection (three phase): 230/400 V, Impact-resistant, stackable plastic case with carrying handle and stand, Dimensions (mm): 230 x 236 x 168 13665-96

Function and Applications Safety transformer,primary & secondary windings separated spatially & electrically. Equipment and technical data Output voltage available on 4 mm plugsecurity sockets.Output: 6 V AC / 5 APower supply voltage: 230 V ACCasing dimensions (mm):70 x 85 x 60 07473-93

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 951

6.4 Power supply units 6.4.2 Stabilised and regulated power supply units

Power supply, 5V/ 1A, +/-15 V

Power supply, universal

Function and Applications 3 DC voltage outputs; useful for electronic experiments.

Function and Applications

Equipment and technical data

Versatile heavy duty power supply which can also be used as a constant current supply in schools, laboratories or workshops.

Output voltage ± 15 V/ 0.2 A; 5 V/ 1.0 A; 4-mm safety plugs; residual ripple < 5 mV; power consumption approx. 35 VA; mains voltage 230 V/ 50.60 Hz; housing dimensions 194 × 140 × 130 mm. 13502-93

Power supply 0...12 V DC / 6 V, 12 V AC, 230 Volt

Equipment and technical data Direct current source: Stabilised, regulated output direct voltage, continuously adjustable from 0...18 V, Adjustable current limit between 0...5 A, LED display for constant current operationn, Permantely short-circuit proof &protected against exterior voltages, Alternative voltage output:, Multitap transformer 2...15V, outputs galvanically separated from mains grid, Full load capacity (5A), even if direct current is supplied simultaneously, Short-circuit protection through overcurrent circuit breaker, All output voltages available at 4 mm safety plug sockets. 13500-93

Power supply, universal, analog display

Function and Applications High quality power supply specially suitable for student experiments in electricity and electronics as well as for demonstration. Equipment and technical data Stabilised, Shortcircuit proof , Output voltage: 1...12 V DC 6 VAC, 12 VA, Crated current: 2 A/ 5 A, Ripple: approx. 1 MV, Resistance: 1 mOhm, Mains voltage: 230 V, Housing dimensions: 194 x 140 x 130 mm

Function and Applications Same as 13500-93. Equipment and technical data

13505-93

Additionally along with an analog display instrument with measuring ranges of 0.18 V and 0-5 A and a commutating switch for voltage/current measurement. 13501-93

excellence in science 952

6.4 Power supply units 6.4.2 Stabilised and regulated power supply units

Power supply -2op-, 2x15V/2A

Function and Applications Specially suited for electronics experiments. Equipment and technical data Output voltage 2x0...15Vnominal current 2A / 1Acurrent regulation 0...2Ainternal resistance <= 10mOhmmains voltage 230V / 50...60Hzpower consumption 170 VAhousing dimensions 230x236x168mm 13520-93

Power supply 0-30VDC/20A,stabil

Power supply, 0...600 VDC

Function and Applications Power supply with 5 output voltages especially designed for experiments with tubes, fine beams and conducting the Frank-Hertz experiment. Benefits Electronically stabilised DC voltages, short-circuit protected, galvanically isolated from one another so that they can be possible to connected in series, featuring LED current-limiting indicator and protection against polarity reversal, AC voltage with automatic circuit breaker, All outputs are floating and isolated from the mains and use 4-mm safety sockets. Equipment and technical data Output 1: 0...12 V-/0.5 A, Stability: < 0.1 %, Residual ripple: < 5 mV, Output 2: 0...50 V-/50 mA, Stability: < 0.01 %, Residual ripple: < 5 mV, Outputs 3/4: 300 V-/0...300 V-/50 mA, Stability: < 0.01 %, Residual ripple: < 20 mV, Output 5: 6.3 V~/2 A, Power consumption: 100 VA approx., Mains voltage: 230 V~, Impact-resistant, stackable plastic case with carrying handle and stand, Dimensions (mm): 230 x 236 x 168 13672-93

Power supply 12V AC/500 mA

Function and Applications Heavy duty power supply with stabilised output voltage, low residual ripple and with constant current operation. Equipment and technical data Two moving coil instruments for simultaneous display of voltage and current. LED display of constant voltage and current operation. Output voltage: 0...30 VDC Nominal current: 0.2...20 A Residual ripples: 30 mV Required power: 900 V AInterior resistance: 40 mOhm Output is earth and mains-free, 4mm safety bushes. Power supply voltage: 230 V Impact resistant, stackable plastic housing with carrying handle and fold-away stand. Dimensions: 370 x 236 x 234 mm 13536-93

Function and Applications Power supply for AC output voltage with output safety plug, to be use for e.g. electrometer amplifier 13621-00. Equipment and technical data Output: 12 V AC/500 mA Supply voltage: 230 V AC Dimensions [mm]: 70 x 50 x 40Mass: 500 g 11074-93

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 953

6.4 Power supply units 6.4.2 Stabilised and regulated power supply units

Pow.suppl.3/4,5/6/7,5/9/12V 0.25A

Power supply 5 V DC/2.4 A with 4 mm plugs

Function and Applications Short circuit proof plug-in powersupply unit. Equipment and technical data Function and Applications Plug-in power supply for powering small appliances. Equipment and technical data 6-position sliding switch for selecting various output voltages, Fixed output lead with end socket to accommodate 7 different adapter plugs with polarity labelling, Output: 3 / 4.5 / 6 / 7,5 / 9 / 12 V DC, 250 mA, Mains voltage: 230 V~

With built-in 1.3 m connection cord and 4 mm plugs. Output: 5 V DC / 2.4 AInput voltage: 110...230 V AC 11076-99

Power supply 12V / 2A

11078-93

Power supply 5 VDC/2.4 A withDC-socket 2.1 mm

Function and Applications Small switching power supply with safetey class 2. Benefits Stabilised output voltage and short circuit resistant., Including power supply cable., Recommended for use with Cobra3. Function and Applications

Equipment and technical data

Power supply 5 VDC/2.4 A withDC-socket

Supply voltage: 100...230 V AC, Supply frequency: 50...60 Hz

Equipment and technical data Power supply with plug and 1.3 m line cable and 2 m cable on secondary output side., Output side: DC-socket 2.1 mm, Input voltage: 100...260 V AC, Frequency: 50...60 Hz, Output voltage: 5 V DC, Output current: 2.4 A, Output plug:Outer diameter: 5 mm and Inner diameter: 2.1 mm, Dimensions (mm): 40 Ă&#x2014; 41 Ă&#x2014; 120 mm, Weight: 345 g 13900-99

excellence in science 954

12151-99

6.4 Power supply units 6.4.3 High-voltage power supply units

High voltage supply unit, 0-10 kV

▪

Special safety sockets protect the user from unwanted spark discharges.

Equipment and technical data ▪

Continuously adjustable DC voltage of 0.25 kV

13671-93

Function and Applications For electrostatic experiments and for operation of spectral and gas discharge tubes. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

It supplies 3 continuously variable DC voltages isolated from earth and ground. Two of the voltages are connected in series 0-5 kV DC = total of 0 -10 kV DC. Selectable positive and negative polarity. 3-figure LED display. Outputs short-circuit proof. Special safety sockets. Modern plastic housing, impact resistant, easy to service, light stackable with retractable carrying handle and stand. Internal resistance: approx.5 MOhm. Ripple: < 0.5%. Supply voltage: 230 V. Short circuit current: max. 3 mA. Housing dimensions (mm): 230 x 236 x 168.

13670-93

Power supply, high voltage, 0-25 kV

Function and Applications High voltage source, particularly suited for electrostatic experiments requiring a very high and exactly adjustable DC voltage. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

While operating gas discharge tubes, the drop voltage is to be checked at the integrated digital display, which should not rise above 5 kV for protection against radiation. Voltage stabilised through electronicregulation Demonstrative voltage display on at three digit LED-display Earthing socket allows the positive or the negative outputs to be grounded Gas discharge tubes can be operated without protective resistor

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 955

6.4 Power supply units 6.4.4 Signal generators

Power frequency generator, 10 Hz - 1 MHz

Function generator, 0.1 Hz - 100 KHz

Function and Applications Sinus and rectangular signal generator with signal and power output for optimal adaptation to different experimental circuits. Benfits Large frequency range, frequencies can be continuously adjusted to five decade areas, Output for sinus and regtangular signals, Power output for sinus Equipment and technical data Demonstative frequency display with 4 digit LED display, Supplementary headphone and loudspeaker connector jack Signal output: Max. output voltage Upp: approx. 6 V, Power: 1 W, Nominal final resistor: 4 Ohm, Distortion factor: < 1% (typically < 0.2%)

Function and Applications Versatile sine wave, triangle wave and square wave signal generator for student experiments, practical work and demonstration. Short circuit proof output. Constant output amplitude over the complete frequency range. Strong power output enables direct connection to a loudspeaker Equipment and technical data Frequency range: 0.1 Hz...100 kHz, Signal shape: Sine, triangle and square, Signal output: 20 V (open), 10 V Ra = 50 Ohm, Output power: approx. 0.25 W, Nominal terminal resistance: 50 Ohm, Distortion factor (typical): < 1 %, Power consumption: max. 5 VA, Mains voltage: 230 V/ 50...60 Hz, Housing dimensions (mm): 194 Ă&#x2014; 140 Ă&#x2014; 130

Power output: Max. output voltage Upp: approx. 18 V, Power: 10 W, Nominal final resistor: 4 Ohm, Distortion factor: < 1% (typically < 0.3%) Input: Input voltage range: Up = 0...1V, Electric strength: Up < 30V, Input resistance: 50 kOhm, Required power: max. 70 VA, Dimensions (mm): 370 x 236 x 168

13652-93

Sine wave generator, 10 Hz - 20 KHz

13650-93

Function and Applications For generation of sine wave signals for audiometry und acoustics. Benefits Connection for head phone (jacksocket) and loud speaker (4 mm output sockets), 4-digit digital display, Cut-off switch for the headphone Equipment and technical data 3 Frequency ranges: 10...200 Hz100...2000 Hz1...20 kHz, Max. output voltage:0...6 V for 4 Ohm0...10 V for > 20 Ohm, Output power: 1 W for 4 Ohm, Distortion factor (typical):< 1% for 1 kHz, Supply voltage:230 V AC/50...60 Hz 65960-93

excellence in science 956

6.4 Power supply units 6.4.4 Signal generators

Digital Function Generator, USB

Function and Applications Digital signal generator for use as a programmable voltage source in practical or demonstration experiments, particularly in the disciplines of acoustics, electrical engineering and electronics Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Can be used as universal stand-alone device or controlled via a USB interface (with a software package available as of 2011) Universally applicable thanks to broad, continually adjustable frequency range Usable as programmable voltage source via amplifier output Intuitive, menu-driven operation using control knob and function buttons, with help capability Illuminated monochrome graphic display for maximum visibility and readability Simple setting of voltage and frequency ramps in stand-alone mode Features V = f(f) output for easy reading of frequency in the form of a voltage - ideal for measuring circuit response to frequency ramps using an oscilloscope Low distortion and signal-to-noise ratio for brilliantly clear signals - ideal for acoustics/audio experiments

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Frequency range: 0.1Hz…1Mhz Steps: 0.1Hz Distortion factor: <0.5% Signal forms: Sine, triangle, square, frequency ramp, voltage ramp Amplifier output, short-circuit-proof, via BNC and 4-mm connectors: Output voltage : 0 … 20 Vpp for Rout > 40 Ω DC offset: ±10V (steps 5 mV) Power output: 5W (for up to 1A) where Rout = 20 Ω Headphone output via 3.5-mm jack socket: Switch for selecting standard headphones or speakers Output voltage: 0 … 1 Vpp for Rout = 400 Ω Sync (trigger) output via BNC: Output resistance: 50 Ω Logic level: CMOS (5V) V=f(f) output via BNC, short-circuit-proof: For outputting frequency in the form of a proportional voltage 0 ... 10V (0...1MHz) Sweep function for frequency ramp Monochrome graphic display with continuous setting for background illumination: 128 x 64 pixels USB 2.0 port Settings via buttons and knob or software-assisted via USB Power supply 100V~ - 240V~ at 50/60Hz Impact-resistant plastic case with carrying handle Dimensions (mm): 194 x 140 x 130

13654-99

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 957

6.4 Power supply units 6.4.4 Signal generators

excellence in science 958

6 Additional material 6.5 Measurement instruments

Measurement instruments 6.5.1 6.5.2 6.5.3 6.5.4 6.5.5 6.5.6 6.5.7 6.5.8 6.5.9 6.5.10 6.5.11 6.5.12

Hand-held measuring instruments - electricity Demonstration measurement instruments - electricity Oscilloscopes, recorders Measuring amplifiers Time measuring instruments, counters Meteorological instruments Temperature measuring instruments, thermometers pH and conductivity measuring instruments Oxygen, lux and pressure measuring instruments Radioactivity, sound level and gas measuring instruments Photometers, spectroscopes, polarimeters, refractometers General - measurement instruments

960 963 967 968 970 973 974 981 987 989 991 994

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 959

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.1 Hand-held measuring instruments - electricity

Digital multimeter for pupils, AmpSafe, electronic overload protection

▪ ▪ ▪

Peak-Hold Auto power off Safety: IEC-1010-1; CAT II 1000 V

Accessories included ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

holster carrying case test leads typ-K- thermocouple probe battery and manual

07128-00

DMM with NiCr-Ni thermo couple Function and Applications Multimeter for measurement of voltages, current and resistance. Benefits Protected by an electronic relay this multimeter is completely overload protected., Ergonomically designed for pupils use, safe, with integrated shockabsorbing frame, Measurement of AC/DC voltage and current, resistance and contactless AC voltage detection via LED., Auto Power off.Built in pocket lamp (LED)., Overload protected by relay neverreplace a fuse again! Equipment and technical data Measurement ranges:, DC voltage: 0...600 V, AC voltage: 0...600 V~, DC current: 0...200 mA, AC current: 0...200 mA~, Resistance: 0...20 MOhm, Supply voltage:2 × 1,5 V AAA batteries, Dimensions H × W × D (mm):120 × 55 × 40, Mass: 160 g, 4 mm safety sockets- 12 mm , 3 1/2-digit LCD with maximum display, value: 2000- Autorange , DataHold function, Compliant to safety rules: IEC-1010-1, CAT III 1000 V Accessories included 2 × batteries AAA, 1 pair test probes, manual

Function and Applications Hand-held instrument for measurement of voltages, currents, resistances,capacitance, frequency and temperature; Benefits with continuity check function and diode test, auto power off,display illumination and measurement value hold function. Equipment and technical data

07127-00

Digital multimeter 2010

Overload protection by diodes and fine fuses for 0.2 A and 20 A., Plastic housing with rubber frame and 4 mm safety sockets., Thermocouple socket type K., 3 1/2-digit LC-display: 38 mm, Voltage:0...0.2/ 2/20/200/1000 V DC0...2/20/200/700 V AC, Current AC/DC: 0...0.2/2/ 20/200 mA0...20 A, Resistance: 0...200 Ohm0...2/20/200 kOhm/2/20 MOhm, Temperature: -20...760°C, Frequency: 0...20 kHz, Impedance: 10 MOhm, Dimensions (mm): 92 × 195 × 38, Mass: 380 g, Including test leads, 9 V batteryblock, NiCr-Ni thermocouple type K and manual. 07122-00

DMM, auto range, NiCr-Ni thermocouple

Function and Applications 3 ½ digit Steady performance digital-multimeter. Benefits ▪ ▪

provides an overload protection and the functions of measuring like DCV,ACV, DCA, ACA, resistance, capacitance,frequency, diode, continuity test with buzzer and temperature; ideal for the education- and service-fields.

Equipment and techical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

3 ½-dgt. LCD display, 28 mm, with backlight manual range selection low battery indicationh FE-Test

excellence in science 960

Function and Applications

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.1 Hand-held measuring instruments - electricity

Hand-held instrument for measurement of voltages, currents, resistances, capacitance, frequency and temperature with autorange. Benefits With continuity check function and diode test, auto power off, display illumination,°C/°F selection, battery tester, high current adapter and measurement value hold function. Overload protection by diodes and fine fuses for 0.4 A and 20 A. Equipment and technical data Plastic housing with rubber frame and 4 mm safety sockets. Thermo couple socket type K.3 3/4-digit LC-display: 38 mm Voltage:0...0.4/ 4/40/400/1000 V DC0...4/40/400/700 V AC Current AC/DC: 0...0.4/4/40/ 400 mA0...4/20 A With high current adaptor:0...400 A AC/DC Resistance: 0...400 Ohm0...4/40/400 kOhm/4/40 MOhm Capacitance:0...40/ 400 nF/4/40/100 µF Temperature: -20...760°C Frequency:0...5/50/500 Hz/5/50/500/5000 kHz Impedance: 10 MOhm Dimensions (mm): 92 × 195 × 38 Mass: 380 g Including test leads, 9 V battery block, NiCr-Ni thermo couple type K and manual.

testPeak detectDATA-, MAX-, MIN-HOLDRelative functionAuto and manual range selectionAuto power off and low batteryindicationSaftey: EN 61010-1/EK-1, CAT III 1000V/CAT IV 600VAccessories: test leads, carrying case,USB-interface cable, software forWindows98/ 2000/NTXP/VISTA/Win7 32bit/64bit,batteries and manualDCV 220 mV/ 2,2/22/220/1000 V; 0,1 mV; +/- 0,05 % + 3 dgt.ACV 220 mV/2,2/22/ 220/700 V; 0,1 mV; +/0,8 % + 4 dgt. / Frequency range: 40... 400 HzDCA 220/2200 µA/22/220 mA/10 A; 0,01 µA;+/- 0,8 % + 4 dgt.ACA 220/2200 µA/22/220 mA/10 A; 0,01 µA;+/- 1,0 % + 3 dgt. / Frequency range:40 ... 400 HzOhm 200 Ohm/2,2/22/220 kOhm/2,2/22/220MOhm; 0,01 Ohm; +/- 0,8 % + 2 dgt.Cap. 22/220nF/2,2/22/220µF/2,2/22/ 220nF;1nF; +/- 2,5 % + 3 dgt.Freq. 22/220 Hz/2,2/22/220 kHz; 0,01 Hz;+/- 0,2 % + 3 dgt.Operating voltage 4 x 1,5 V (AA) Batt. Dimensions (WxHxD) 102 x 205 x 58 mm. Weight 390 g 07121-01

Voltmeter 5/ 15 V DC

07123-00

DMM with USB interface, auto range

Voltmeter 5/15 V DC, moving coil instrument,. Two ranges: 0 - 5 V DC, 0 - 15 V DC, class: 1.5. Scale length: 78 mm.

Function and Applications New constructed and GS-approved high class digital multimeter with 4 1/2digit multifunciton display (max.22000), 46-segment analogue bargraph and integrated USB-interface for easy connection with computer to realize macro recording, monitoring and capture of transient dyncamic data. Full input protection, backlight, and easy operating for choosing several measurement functions with the help of the clear view push button section. The True RMS AC voltage and current readings are other most important features of this new constructed multimeter. Equipment and technical data 21 mm, 4 1/2-digit LCD-display,backlight and 46-segement bargraph; max.display: 22000True RMS measurement for ACV and ACAUSB 2.0interface to transmit measuringdata to the PCDiode-, continuity-

Voltmeter 5/15 V DC 07037-00 Ammeter 1/5 A DC 07038-00 Voltmeter,0.3-300VDC,10-300VAC / 07035-00 Ammeter 1mA...3 A 07036-00 Galvanometer -3.5...0...3.5mil-A 07039-00 Multi-range meter, centre zero 07027-01 Multi-range meter/overl.prot.B 07026-00 Protect.sleeve f.meter, h 55mm 07026-01 Multi-range meter w.overl.prot. 07021-01

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 961

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.1 Hand-held measuring instruments - electricity

Multi-range meter, analogue

Function and Applications Moving coil instrument for measuring direct or alternating voltage or current, and also for measuring resistance. Low resistance current measurement ranges through current converter. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Overload protected by fuses Voltage: 100 mV...300 V~/ 10 V...300 V~ Current: 50 µA...3 A~/ 3 mA...10 A~ Resistance: 1 Ohm...500 kOhm Internal resistance: 20/ 6.7 kOhm/V~ (DC/ AC) Ohm/V~ Accuracy class: 2.5 Overload protection: with fuses and diodes Dimensions: 100 × 140 × 35 mm

Multi-range meter, analogue 07028-01 Multirange meter,zero left/centre 07041-00

excellence in science 962

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.2 Demonstration measurement instruments - electricity

Multimeter ADM1

Multimeter ADM2, demo., analoque

Function and Applications Electronic analogue multimeter for measuring direct and alternating voltage and current, and for measuring resistance. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications Switchable, overload protected moving coil instrument for measuring direct and alternating voltage and current. Passive instrument. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Independent of a mains, battery or accumulator supply of power. Separate selection measuring range and type of current for clear settings. Reading of measured values made easy by automatic call-up of a scale with 30 or 100 divisions when the measuring range is selected. Scale is clearly visible from a distance, scale length 200 mm, digit height 20 mm. Extensive overload protection. System Moving coil measuring system (core magnet).

Equipement and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Accuracy Class 1.5 for DC, Class 2.5 for AC. Frequency range 10 Hz...10 kHz. Overload Voltage measuring ranges min. 230 V. Current measuring ranges: 1 A in measuring ranges to 0.3 A, 15 A in measuring ranges to 10 A. Dimensions (mm): 320 × 130 × 385 Weight approx. 5 kg

Multimeter ADM1, demo., analog 13810-00 Current transformer/Clamp Ammeter adaptor 07091-10 Fuse f 10 G, pkg of 10 07503-01 Fuse F 0.63H, pkg. of 10 07503-60 Battery cell 1.5 V, Mono, R20/UM-1, type D 07922-10 Fuse F 0.63H, pkg. of 10 07503-60 Fuse f 10 G, pkg of 10 07503-01 Current transformer/Clamp Ammeter adaptor 07091-10 Probe 10/1, cable length 1500 mm 17044-00 High voltage probe 40 kV, 1000:1 07029-20

▪ ▪ ▪

Eight demonstrative scales with a total of 66 measuring ranges. Measures direct or alternating current from 1 mikroA to 10 A. Measures direct or alternating voltage from 1 mV to 10 kV. Measures resistance up to 1 MOhm. Scale with zero in the middle with automatic middle positioning of pointer. Automatic switch-off of battery after approx. 50 min. Operatable and readable also from the back. Extensive overload protection in all measuring ranges even when line voltage is falsely applied. Eliminates the need for fuses and cutouts.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Display system: Moving coil measuring system (core magnet) Control display on the back 3 Digit LCD display with floating decimal point and sign Accuracy: Class 1.5 Rectifier principle: Effective value (True RMS-to-DC Converter) Frequency range: 15 Hz...20 kHz Signal shape: Arbitrary Power supply: 3 × 1.5 V Battery lifetime: 400 hours of operation Casing dimensions (mm): 320 × 190 × 385 Weight: 6.4 kg

13820-00

Moving coil instrument

Function and Applications Moving coil instrument for interchangeable range multipliers. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

Plastic case with 4 mm sockets Case dim. approx. 260 x 105 x 290mm Overload protection by builtin protective devices

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 963

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.2 Demonstration measurement instruments - electricity

▪ ▪ ▪

Zero correction and setting of the pointer to scale center by setting wheel on the underside Scale length 187 mm readable from both rear- and front-side.

Electrostatic voltmeter, 7.5kV

11100-00

Accessories for moving coil instrument Range multiplier + 300 deg.C 11106-05 Range multiplier, 1 V DC 11104-31 Range multiplier, 1-0-1 mA DC 11102-71 Range multiplier, 10 mA DC 11102-11 Range multiplier, 10 V AC 11105-41 Range multiplier, 10 V DC 11104-41 Range multiplier, 100 mA DC 11102-21 Range multiplier, 100 mV DC 11104-21 Range multiplier, 100 micro-A DC 11102-81 Current transformer/Clamp Ammeter adaptor 07091-10 [deleted] Range multiplier, 3 V AC 11105-33 Range multiplier, 3 V DC 11104-33 Range multiplier, 30 V AC 11105-43 Range multiplier, 30 V DC 11104-43 Range multiplier, 300 mA DC 11102-23 Range multiplier, 300 V AC 11105-53 Range multiplier,30 mic.V-10 mV 11110-01 Range multiplier, 300 mV DC 11104-23 Probe 10/1, cable length 1500 mm 17044-00 Fuse F 0.63H, pkg. of 10 07503-60 Storage rack f. range multipliers 11101-01 Fuse f 10 G, pkg of 10 07503-01 Instrument fuse F 2 H, pkg.of 10 07503-02

Function and Applications For wattless measurement of direct and alternating voltages in the range1...7.5 kV, or 3...26 kV and 3...18- kV~ (eff.) Benefits ▪ ▪

For measuring charge in combination with a Faraday cup. Electrostatic measuring system, shielded against exterior electricfields.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Practically load-free measurements from 1 kV to 26 kV, because of the high input resistance > 1014. Insulation resistance of the ceramic high voltage socket > 1014 . The Plexiglas cover on the back allows a view of the system Integrated sphere spark gap The measured value can also be read from the back

11150-00

Electrostatic voltmeter, 26 kV

Function and Applications For powerless measurement of direct and alternating voltages in the range of 1...7.5 kV AC/ DC or 3...26 kV DC and 3...18 kV AC (eff.). To measure charges in combination with a Faraday cup. Accuracy class: 1.5. Limit frequency: 100 kHz...1 MHz (for 1...3.5 kV). Response voltage of sphere gap:12 kV (crest value). Capacity: approx. 30 pF. Length of scale: 187 mm. Zero adjustment: with knurled screw. Dimensions: 260 x 100 x 350 mm. Electrostatic voltmeter, 26 kV 11151-00

excellence in science 964

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.2 Demonstration measurement instruments - electricity

Connecting cord, 30 kV, 1000 mm 07367-00 Connecting cord, 30 kV, 500 mm 07366-00 Faraday pail 06231-00

Demomultimeter, p, pH, T, U, I, R, f, RS232, 230 V

Work and power meter Function and Applications Modern multi-purpose device for measuring of voltage, current, resistance, frequency, temperature, pressure and pH. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

45 mm LED-display LED-matrix for display of the units Serial port for connecting PC Auto-range function

Equipment and technical data Function and Applications For AC and DC circuits Equipment and technical data Two 4-digit, 20 mm LED-displays, Display 1 for real and apparent power,current, voltage, phase difference and freqency, Display 2 for energy and time, Selector for serial display of all units, LED-Statusdisplay and automactic range selection, Power: max. 2400 W, Resolution: max. 0.001 W, Voltage: 0-30V AC/DC, 0-240, Veff- Current: 0...10A AC/DC, Phasen difference: 0...+/- 90 degree, Frequency: 0...10000 Hz, Energy: max. 9999 Wh or Ws, Resolution: max. 0.001 Ws, Analog output for all units of disp. 1, Mains: 110/230V, 50/60Hz, Shock-resistant plastic housing with carry handle and base 13715-93

Teslameter, digital

Voltage: ▪ ▪

4 ranges: 0 mV - 500V AC/ DC Resolution: 0.1 mV/ 10 mV/ 100 mV/ 1 V

Current: ▪ ▪

3 ranges: 0 mA - 10 A Resolution: 0.1 mA/ 10 mA/ 100 mA

Resistance: ▪ ▪

5 ranges: 0 Ohm - 10 MOhm Resolution (Ohm): 1/ 10/ 100/ 1000 /100.000

Frequency: ▪ ▪

4 ranges: 1 Hz - 100 kHz Resolution: 1 Hz/ 10 Hz/ 100 Hz

Temperature: ▪ ▪

2 ranges 200°C - 1370°C Resolution: 0.1°C/1°C

pH- Resolution: ▪ ▪

1 range: 0 - 14 pH Resolution: 0.01

pH- Pressure: ▪ ▪

2 ranges: 0 - 7000 hPa Resolution: 0.1 hPa/ 1 hPa

Dimensions (mm): 288 x 165 x 235

Function and Applications For the measurement of magnetic DC and AC fields. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Teslameter with 3 1/2 digit LED display, 20 mm high 3 measuring ranges: 20 - 200 - 1000 mT fsd Sensitivity: 10 µT For alternating and direct fields Calibrated analogue output

Teslameter, digital 13610-93 Hall probe, axial 13610-01 Hall probe, tangential, protection cap 13610-02

Demomultimeter p, pH, T, U, I, R; RS 232, 230 V 13721-93 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05 pH-electrode,plastic body,gel,BNC 46266-10 pH-electrode, plastic, refill., BNC 46266-15 pH-electrode, plastic body, gel, BNC 46265-15

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 965

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.2 Demonstration measurement instruments - electricity

Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00 Software Demomultimeter 14409-61 Pressure sensor, absolute press. 07136-01 pH-electrode, glass, refill., BNC 46268-10 Pressure sensor 2, 500-7000 hPa 07136-02

Electric field meter

Large-scale display, digital, RS-232 port

Function and Applications For measurement of static electric fields without losses and with the correct sign as well as for electrostatic measurement of voltages in those cases in which normal static voltmeters are not sensitive enough. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ Function and Applications Special four-digit large-format display for presenting the measurement data supplied by the new Cobra4 Mobile-Link with Cobra4 Display-Connect, the Cobra3 Com-Unit, the PHYWE hand-held measuring instruments and Sartorius or Scaltec balances equipped with data interfaces. Benefits Fit for the future: The large-format display can be updated and adapted to other measuring instruments which are not available on the market yet. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

4-digit digital display with a digit height of 56 mm Matrix display (15 × 14) pixels for presenting the units Serial interface (RS 232) for connecting a measuring instrument. Second connector for the simultaneous presentation of another measuring quantity. Threaded connectors for connecting support stands or a clamp (to attach the display to various experimental setups).

07157-93

excellence in science 966

▪ ▪

Measuring ranges: 1/ 10/ 100 kV/m, 10/ 100/ 1000 V Steel sheet casing on a rod Push-button key for measuring range selection Rotating knob for electric zero adjustment two pair of 4 mm sockets to connect power supply and measuring instrument Gold plated measuring head with gold plated winged wheel Voltage measuring attachment gold plated with two 4 mm sockets to connect voltage which is to be measured. Power supply: 14...18 VDC (e.g. from universal power supply 13500-93). Data output (9-pin Sub-D jack) for connection to the serial interface (RS 232) of a computer via the special cable supplied. Dimensions (mm): 70 x 70 x 150 Accessory (not included): Software Electric Field Meter (14406-61)

Electric field meter 11500-10 Meas.slit x10 f.elec.field meter 11500-03 Software f. electrofieldmeter 14406-61

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.3 Oscilloscopes, recorders

Oscilloscope, 50 MHz, 2 channels

Jitterfree, superb trigger sensitivity, Internal compensation circuit for lowdrift, With calibrator output for testing the transmission quality from probe to monitor Equipment and technical data Band width (-3dB): DC 10 Hz to 30 MHz, Modes: CH 1/2, ADD, DUAL, CHOP, ALT, Input impedance: 1 MOhm // 30 pF, Input voltage: 400 V DC or ACpp, Accuracy: ± 3 % (± 5 % at x 5 MAG), Mains voltage: 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz manual, , spare fuse,, Powercord,, 2 probes 11459-95

Function and Applications Oscilloscope for the measurement & storage off a st periodical & non periodical voltage signals.

25 MHz Digital storage oscilloscope with colour display, 2 x BNC cables l =75 cm incl. 11456-99

Equipment and technical data Oparation modes:Ch1,Ch2;altern.,chop,xy,sum,diff.invert.Ch2. Vertic. deflect.(analog/digital) Band width 2xDC...50 MHz, Deflect.(1mV-20V)/cm,14-calibr.Positions & variable. Horizont. deflect.(analog/digit.)

Probe 10/1, cable length 1500 mm 17044-00 High voltage probe 40 kV, 1000:1 07029-20

Time base (50ns-0,5s)/cm,22-calibr.positions & variable,delay,x-extension & hold-off-time., Trigger (analog/digital)Ch1,Ch2;altern.,mains or external,, with LED-display., Coupling ACDC-HF-LF Digital storage: Refresh, Roll,Single, XY,Envelope, Average, Random-Sampl., Dot-jointfunction, Post-pre-trigger Storage/CH 2kx8 Bit. Handling/Display : Auto Set, , Save & Recall, Readout, Frequ.measurem., Component tester, Cursor measurement(analog/digit.) Delta(U,t,1/ t),Gain,Rise,Time,Ratio X&Y,, Phase angle (only digit.): Pulse count, search, Peak-Peak, avm, rms., Scaled Screen (8x10)cm, Accelaration voltage 2 kV, Connect. (100-240)V;50/60Hz;42 W, Mass 6 kg, Dimensions (285 x 125 x 380) mm 11458-99

Oscilloscope, 150 MHz, 2 channels, RS-232 11452-99

Oscilloscope, 30 MHz, 2 channels

Function and Applications Oscilloscope in modern design and technology, especially destined for education and laboratory. Benefits

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 967

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.4 Measuring amplifiers

Universal measuring amplifier

Measurement range: 0.1 mV...10 V in 6 decade ranges, Input resistance: 10 gOhm Charge measurement Measurement range: 0.1 nAs...0.001 mAs in 5 decade ranges, Accuracy: 3%, Input: BNC socket, Overload protection: 250 V, Power supply: 230 V, Housing dimensions: 230 x 236 x 168 mm, Modern plastic housing, impact resistant, with retractable carrying handle and stand 13620-93

LF amplifier, 220 V

Function and Applications Universal measuring amplifier for amplification of AC and DC voltages. Suitable for practical exercises. Equipment and technical data input impedance: electrometer: > 10 (13) Ohm low drift: 10 kOhm input voltage: -10 to + 10 V, output voltage: -10 to + 10 V frequency ranges: V=1 0...100 kHz, V=10 0... 75 kHz, V=10(2) 0... 10 kHz, V=10(3) 0... 6 kHz, V=10(4) 0...2.5 kHz, V=10(5) 0... 2 kHz, mains voltage: 230 V AC, dimensions: 194 x 140 x 126 mm 13626-93

Function and Applications For amplifying direct and alternating voltage up to 100 kHz. Can be used for induction experiments and for examining acoustic and electromagnetic fields. Signal output for the amplified measured signal. Benefits

DC measuring amplifier

Effective value output for display of the effective value of the signal output voltage. , Power amplifier 12.5 W for weak acoustic frequency signals to control low resistance loudspeakers., For signals from frequency generators or computer interfaces., Amplification is continuously adjustable. Equipment and technical data Ampl. factor: 0.1...10000, continuously adjustable, Input impedance: 50 kOhm/ AC, 100 kOhm/ D, Input voltage: -10 V...+10 V, Frequency range: 3.5 Hz....200 kHz,, Accuracy of amplification factor: < 5% amplification factor, Output voltage: 10 Veff, Nominal final res.: 8 Ohm signal output, 1 kOhm RMS output, Load capacity: Permanently shortcircuit proof, Offset: Voltage compensation with potentiometer, Mains supply 230 V AC/ 50...60 Hz, Casing dimensions (mm): 230 x 236 x 168 13625-93

Function and Applications Versatile measuring amplifier for measurement of very small direct currents, electrical charges and for quasi-static measurements of DC voltages.

Difference amplifier

Equipment and technical data 8 current measurement ranges with very low voltage drop, 6 voltage measurement ranges with extremely high input resistance, 5 charge measurement ranges, Analogue output for connection of demonstration measurement instruments/ pen recorders, button for reversing output voltage, Selection of measurement modes using push-button, Diode indicators for active measurement range, Zero point adjustment, discharge button, range selection buttons Current measurement Measurement range: 0.01 nA...0.1 mA in 8 decade ranges, Voltage drop: 1 mV Voltage measurement

excellence in science 968

Function and Applications

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.4 Measuring amplifiers

For the simultaneous potential-free measurement of two voltages when connected to the inputs of a two channel oscilloscope.

Power supply 12V AC/500 mA

Benefits The high resistance difference inputs can be connected to any point of a circuit, without influencing the electrical behaviour of the circuit. , Allows demonstration of the phase shift between voltage and current in alternating current circuits., Enables characteristics to be presented in the xy operation mode of an oscilloscope., Input voltages can be added. Equipment and technical data amplification 1 ± 3%, frequency range for UE 20 Vss 0. 15 kHz, for UE 6 Vss 0.70 kHz, for UE 2 Vss 0.100 kHz, inputs A and B: connection 4-mm-pair of sockets, impedance 1 M_/10 pF, overload capacity mains voltage proof, outputs A and B: connection BNC-sockets; , internal resistance 100 Ohm, external resistance 10 kOhm, overload capacity short-circuit proof, mains supply 230 V, 50.60Hz, casing dimensions (mm) 190×110×60 11444-93

Electrometer Amplifier

Function and Applications Operational amplifier with high resistance input for quasi-static voltage measurement respectively charge measurement in fail-safeplastic housing. Benefits Suited for experiments with electrostaticse.g. charge measurement, capacity measurement of sphere-capacitor, measurement of direct voltages,quasistatic measurements and measurement of small currents. Equipment and technical data Power supply via 4 mm sockets or wall power supply with hole socket., Operation temperature: 5...40°C, Relative humidity: < 80%, Gain/ amplification: 1.0, Input resistance: > 10000 GOhm, Input current: < 0.5 pA, Input capacitance: < 50 pF, Input voltage:, Amplifier (socket 1): ± 10 V-, 2. input (socket 2): 1 kV , Power supply: 12 V AC/25 mA hole socket: 2.1/5.5 mm or, External power source: 12 V AC25 mA 4 mm sockets, or: Cobra3 interface: ± 15 V RS232 socket, Output voltage: ± 10 V, Output current: 1 mA, Output resistance: < 500 Ohm, Dimensions H × W × D (mm):65 × 113 × 35, Mass: 150 g 13621-00

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 969

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.5 Time measuring instruments, counters

Timer 2-1 ▪ ▪ ▪

▪

Function and Applications The chronometer Timer 2-1 has a 4-digit digital display and has been specially designed for use in student experiments and demonstrative teacher experiments. Benefits The starting and stopping of the built-in timer piece, as well as counting, is effected by the opening and closing of electrical circuits, across light barriers or other TTL signal sources., Many and various experimental requirements can be fullfilled with the 4 different operating modes that the Timer 2-1 makes available for track experiments, for the measurement of the time, of revolution, of a turning movement, for the direct measurement of the period of a full swing, of a mechanical pendulum and for the counting of events Equipment and technicla data (typical for 25°C) Operating temperature range: 5...40°C, Relative humidity: < 80% Control: (Start/ Stop) by electricalcircuits (contact closure/ contact opening or level ACC to TTL-Norm), Digital display: 4-Digit LED display, digit height 19 mm, Time measurement: Measuring range 0.000...9.999 s, resolution 1 ms, Pulse counting:Measurement range 0...9999 pulses, Limiting frequency 1 kHz,, shading period > 500 µs, Operating voltage: (Stabilized) 5 V ± 5 %, (suitable power supply 5 VDC/ 2.4 A, 13900-99, standardly supplied), Power consumption: 1.8 VA, Supply connector: connecting socket for hollow plug, diam. 2.1 mm at the back of the instrument, 5 VDC/ 350 mA, Overvoltage and reverse polarity protection: up to max. 12 V, Housing dimensions (mm): 190 × 130 × 140 (W, H, D), Weight: approx. 920 g 13607-99

Universal Counter

▪

▪ ▪

al specifics of how it specifically arise from the requirements of science teaching practice. For the scientifically correct representation of each measurement is shown in principle with the associated unit. With the overflow of the display is automatically switched into the next area. Before the measurement starts it can be manually adjusted to a maximum of 6 decades defined range, eg to suppress is not physically meaningful digits on the display. A special jack for direct connection of a GM counter tube is available for radioactivity experiments. The required voltage can be changed manually to determine the characteristics of a counter tubes to. The stopwatch function can be entered by means of electrical contacts, sensors, or manually in the various types of triggers for the precise starting and stopping for time measurement. The measured values are represented by six red 20mm highcontrast 7-segment displays. An additional three-digit display is used to display the unit (ms, s, Hz, kHz, MHz, I / s, RPM, Imp, V, m / s). The various operating states are indicated by LEDs. Range switching in all modes manually (before measurement) and automatically when an overflow.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Operating temperature range 5th .. 40 ° C Relative humidity <80% Digital display: Measurement reading LED 6-digit, 7-segment, 20 mm Units LED 3-digit, 5x7 dot matrix Units ms, s, Hz, kHz, MHz, I / s, RPM, Imp, V, m / s Signal Input: Signal bandwidth 0.1 Hz .. 10 MHz Counter Tube Input voltage 150 V. .. 660 V (factory setting: 500V) with manual adjustment Photoelectric output for power supply of 5 V sat. max 1 A Stopwatch 0.000 ... 99,999.9 s, resolution 1 ms Timer 0.000 ms ... 3999.99 s, resolution1µs Velocity 0.000 m/s...9999, 9 m / s, resolution 0.001 m / s Period measurement 0.000 ms ... 99.9999 s, resolution 1µs Frequency measurement 0.00 Hz .. 9.99999 MHz, resolution 10 mHz Speed measurement 6. .. 99,999 RPM, 1 RPM resolution Pulse counting 0. .. 999,999 Imp Pulse rate measurement 0.0 ... 99,999.9 I / s Mains supply: Mains voltage 110 .. 240 V, 50/60 Hz, 20 VA Housing dimensions (W, H, D) 370 x 168 x 236 (mm) Mass of 2.9 kilograms

Universal Counter 13601-99 Software Universal counter 14412-61

Timer 4-4 with USB-interface

Function and Applications The universal counter is used for measuring time, frequency, pulse rates, pulse counting, periodic times, speeds and velocities. Benefits ▪

The device has all the qualities that are expected of a modern universal counter and is also equipped with a number of technic-

excellence in science 970

Function and Applications

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.5 Time measuring instruments, counters

Measures up to 4 times simultaneously. Multiple time measuring instrument for a variety of applications in teaching, wherever times are to be accurately measured. The timer unit has four 4 digit displays. The starting and stopping of the four built-in independent timers is actuated by the opening or closing of electrical circuits, or by means of light barriers or other TTL signal sources (e.g. a microphone).

Timer meas.modes: single, add., auto& double , Display: 6 digit, LED, 20 mm highf or measured values, diode matrix 3 digit,20 mm for all units, Loudspeaker can be turned off., Modern plastic casing, shock-proofeasy to service, light & stackablewith retractable carrying handle and set-up foot. , Dimensions:230 x 236 x 234 mm

Benefits The 6 different operating modes allow the timer unit to be adjusted to suit almost any experimental requirement. Three different operating modes are suitable for track experiments (distance-time law for four tracks, measurement of speed at four positions, principles of collisions), and in each case all four displays are utilized. Two further operating modes allow, for example, the measurement of the orbiting time of a rotary movement and the direct measurement of the duration of a complete swing of a mechanical pendulum. If required, two of the 4-digit displays can be combined to give an 8-digit display (0000.0000 to 9999.9999).

13603-93

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Timer / Counter

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Four 4-digit LED displays Digit height: 9 mm Number of timers: 4 Measuring range: 0.000...9.999 s or 0000.0000...9999.9999 s Resolution: 1 ms or 0.1 ms Control (start/ stop): By electrical circuits (contact closure / contact opening or level according to TTL norm) Integrated power supplies for lightbarriers 4 × 5 V, 1.5 A Mains supply: 100...240 V~, 50...60 Hz Power requirement: 18 VA Dimensions (mm): 184 × 140 × 130 USB - interface for PC-based experiments

Timer 4-4 with USB-interface 13604-99 Software Timer 4-4 14413-61

Digital counter, 6-decade

Function and Applications Sensor-Unit of the Cobra4 family. Interface-module with timer and counter functionality for up to four light barriers, one measuring microphone, movement sensor, falling sphere apparatus or other devices with TTLcompatible signals. Optionally anexternal trigger device can be used (switch, starter system for motion track, ...). The measured values of the sensor can be transmitted with the Cobra4 Wireless manager and the Cobra4 Wireless-Link by radio or with the USB-Link to the PC. All Cobra4 sensor-units are quickly connectable through a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection. Some applications: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

linear Motion incl. laws of collision with motion and air track free fall with picket fences or falling ball apparatus oscillations rotational motion frequency of acoustical signals

Benefis ▪ ▪ Function and Applications Microprocessor controlled universal counter for experiments in mechanics, acoustics, electricityelectronics and radioactivity. Equipment and technical data: Operating modes: Time: Stopwatch, additive & intermediate recording., 2 timers with 2time measurement possibiliteseach, one of which is storable., 8 triggering possibilites., Meas.range: 1000 s & 10000 s, Frequency: 3 ranges 10kHz to10MegaHz, Rate: Measuring range:10000 Imp/s, 8 triggering alternatives:1 s to100 s, Period: 0.1 s to 10 s, RPM: 100000 RPM/min, gate times: 1 s / 10 s, Impulse: max.100000Imp , selectable display of impulses, meas. time,or impulse rate, Inputs:4 mm pair of sockets for frequency, start/stop & stop for timer 1 & timer 2., Outputs: BNC for counting tubes electable between 200V & 500V; 4mm pair of sockets f.light barriers (5V/1A,short circuit proof)& f.analog output (5V/500 Imp/s)

▪ ▪ ▪

Accessories ▪ ▪

Light barrier, compact (up to 4 lightbarriers) Cobra4 adapter for Sensor-Unit Timer/Counter to connect a light barrier

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Timer/Counter 12651-00

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 971

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.5 Time measuring instruments, counters

160 x 25 x 105M6 , Threaded holes in casing: 7, Stem included: 100 mm, M6 thread

Cobra4 Junior-Link 12610-00

11207-30

Light barrier, compact PHYGATE USB interface for light barriers + software

Function and Applications Universal fork-type light barrier to measure short and long shadowing periods. Benefits ▪

An incremental wheel with a string groove which can be attached to the fork of the light barrier, which allows to measure distances by counting the ribs of the incremental wheel.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

Dimensions: 40 x 40 mm Supply voltage: 5 V Incl. incremental wheel

Light barrier, compact 11207-20 Incremental wheel 11207-21 Adapter plate for Light barrier compact 11207-22

Light barrier with counter

Function and Applications With the function of an electronic time measuring and counting device. Benefits: 4 figureluminous display, selection switch for 4 operating modes, RESET key, BNC jack for exterior starting and/ or stopping of time measurement, TTL output to control peripheral devices, power supply connector (4 mm jacks) Equipment and technical Data: Fork width: 70 mm, Usable barrier depth: 65 mm, Sensitivity adjustable, Max. working frequency: 25 kHz, External dimensions (mm):

excellence in science 972

PHYGATE can be used to connect the"Compact" light barrier to the USBinterface of the PC. Measured data fromup to 5 light barriers can be recordeddirectly at the computer using the"measure" software PHYCON and berepresented in graphical formimmediately. PHYGATE can be used in manyexperiments, for demonstratingtranslation, rotation and movement, forexample. 11207-25

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.6 Meteorological instruments

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Weather: Humidity, Air pressure,Temperature, Light intensity, Altitude

Measurement of relative humidity (RH), absolute humidity and temperature with Cobra3 Basic-UNIT. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

12121-00

Weather station 04850-00 Weather station, wireless 04854-00 Weather monitor, 6 lines LCD 87997-10 Weather monitor with satellite-based data 87997-20 Demonstration barometer 02687-00

Cup anemometer for Cobra3

Equipment and technical data Relative Humidity: ▪ ▪

measurement range 0 - 100 % accuracy +/- 5 %

Air Pressure: ▪ ▪

measurement range 10 - 1100 mbar accuracy +/-5 %

Air Temperature: ▪ ▪

measurement range -40 - +125 °C accuracy +/- 0.5 °C

Brightness: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

measurement range 0 - 10,000 lx accuracy +/- 5 % calculation using air pressure Data transfer rate for each sensor: 1 Hz Dimensions (L x B x H): 64 x 70 x 31 mm Weight: 60 g

12670-00

Humidity sensor for Cobra3

Operating temperature: o...+70°C Measuring range: 1...40m/s resp. 4....140km/h max. switching capacity: 0.6V weight: 0.3kg dimensions: 112 x 162 x 140 mm

12124-00

Function and Applications

Rainfall gauge, diem type 04855-00 Cup anemometer 03085-10 Maximum-minimum thermometer 04160-00

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 973

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.7 Temperature measuring instruments, thermometers

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Temperature, semiconductor -20...110 °C

Air Pressure: ▪ ▪

measurement range 10 - 1100 mbar accuracy +/-5 %

Air Temperature: ▪ ▪

measurement range -40 - +125 °C accuracy +/- 0.5 °C

Brightness:

Funktion and Applications

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

measurement range 0 - 10,000 lx accuracy +/- 5 % calculation using air pressure Data transfer rate for each sensor: 1 Hz Dimensions (L x B x H): 64 x 70 x 31 mm Weight: 60 g

Cobra4 -20..110°C Sensor-Unit Temperature-semiconductor 12670-00

Benefits ▪

can be connected directly to the Cobra4Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Chemistry, pH and 2 x Temperature NiCr-Ni

12640-00

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Weather: Humidity, Air pressure,Temperature, Light intensity, Altitude Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit pH and 2 x temperature NiCr-Ni is a measuring recorder for pH, potential and temperature measurements, which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits ▪ ▪

Equipment and technical data Temperature: Function and Applications Depending on application type, the Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Weather can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in/ lockable connection. Benefits ▪ ▪

Equipment and technical data Relative Humidity: ▪ ▪

measurement range 0 - 100 % accuracy +/- 5 %

excellence in science 974

▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -200..+1200 °C Resolution: 0.1 K Measuring accuracy: equal to the accuracy of the gauges used

pH: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0...14 Resolution 0.01K Measuring accuracy: ± 0,5%

Potential: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range -2000..+2000 mV Resolution: 0.1 mV Measuring accuracy: ± 0.5% Data flow rate: 5 Hz Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm, weight: 95 g

12630-00

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.7 Temperature measuring instruments, thermometers

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit 2 x Temperature, NiCr-Ni 12641-00

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity+, Conductivity / Temperature (Pt1000)

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity /Temperature (Pt1000) is a measuring recorder for conductance measuring sensors with a cell constant of K = 1.00/cm and which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits: Function and applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics is a measuring recorder for pressure and temperature measurements, which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits ▪ ▪

It canbe fitted with two NiCr-Nithermoelements (type K), in order to measure up to two temperatures and one absolut pressure value simultaneously. The unit can be connected to the Cobra4Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in/ lockable connection.

Equipment and technical data Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -200...+1200°C Resolution: 0.1 K Measuring accuracy: equal to the accuracy of the gauges used

Pressure: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0...2000 hPa Resolution 0.1 hPa Measuring accuracy: ± 0,5% Data flow rate: max. 5 Hz

▪

The Cobra4 sensor may be connected directly to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Equipment and technical data: Conductivity: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring Measuring Measuring Measuring Measuring Measuring

range 1:0.0 .. approx. 2,500.0 µS/cm accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±0.15 µS/cm range 2:0 .. approx. 45,000 µS/cm accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±3 µS/cm range 3:0.00 .. approx. 1,100 mS/cm accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±0.05 mS/cm

Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring accuracy:-20.0°C..150.0°C Resolution: 0.1 K Measuring accuracy: ±0.5K (in the range 0..100°C) Measuring cycle: 0.8...2s (adjusted automatically) Dimensions approx. 62 mm x 63 mm

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity+, Conductivity/ Temperature (Pt1000) 12632-00 Temp. probe, imm. type, Pt1000, Cobra3 12123-00

Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm x 35 mm. Weight: approx. 190 g

Cobra3, sensor -20..110 C Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics, pressure abs. 2 bar and 2 temperature NiCr-Ni 12638-00 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05

Function and Applications To be connected directly to the sensorports of the Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT. Equipment and techical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Sensor sheathing: stainless sationsteel Diameter: 6 mm Sensor length: 200 mm Measuring range: -20°C...+110°C Resolution: 0.2°C

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 975

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.7 Temperature measuring instruments, thermometers

▪

Total length incl. cable: 1.5 m

12120-00

Cobra3 Measuring module temperature, NiCr-Ni, 330°C

Surface temperature probe PT100, -20...+300°C 11759-02 Temp.probe, imm., PT100, -20...+300°C, teflon 11759-04

Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT, USB

Function and Applications Computer interface for measurement and control in naturalscience education (physics, chemistry and biology). Benefits Measuring module, Temperature NiCr-Ni, 330°C 12104-00 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05

Cobra3 Measuring module temperature PT100

▪ ▪

Operation either with PC (USB port) or with special operation unit (COM-Unit). Upgrade for measurement of non-electrical quantities by use of plug-in modules.

Equipment and technical data 3 analog input channels: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Module port: ± 10 V Connection type: 25-pole Sub-D Sensor port 1: ± 30/10 V Connection type: 4 mm socket 9-pole Sub-D Input: grounded Input resistance: 500 kOhm Sensor port 2:± 30/10/3/1/0.3/0.1 V Connection type: 4 mm sockets 9-pole Sub-D Difference potential input:Input resistance: 1 MOhm

For all analog inputs: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Maximum sampling rate: 500 kHz Online sampling rate: 5 kHz Burst-mode: 5 Hz...500 kHz Resolution: 12 bit Voltage protection: 230 V AC Trigger: adjustable

Timer/Counter 1: ▪ ▪ ▪

Number of counts: 32 bit Resolution: 800 ns Connection type: 4 mm sockets

Timer/Counter 2:

Measuring mod.,Temperature PT100 12102-00 Temp. probe, immersion type, Pt100, stainless steel, -20...+300°C 11759-01

excellence in science 976

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Number of counts: 40 bit Resolution: 200 ns Connection type: 4 mm sockets Analog control output: ± 10 V Resolution: 12 bit Connection type: 9-pole Sub-D

General data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Supply voltage: 12 V DC/6 W Interface: USB Data transfer rate: 115200 bit/s Memory: 12000 values

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.7 Temperature measuring instruments, thermometers

▪ ▪

Dimensions (mm): 190 x 135 x 90 Fail-safe plastic housing with support feet, several fixation possibilities and lateral docking option for further units.

Includes accessories: ▪

USB Cable

Required accessoires: ▪

Cobra3 power supply 12150.99

Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT, USB 12150-50 Power supply 12V / 2A 12151-99 Software COBRA3 Temperature 14503-61 Cobra3 Chem-Unit 12153-00 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04 Temp. probe, imm. type, Pt1000, Cobra3 12123-00 ADAPTER COND.4MM SOCKET/DIN PLUG 13701-02 Temp. probe Pt-1000, 10m cable 07139-01 Temperature probe Pt-1000 13702-01 Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00 Converter USB - RS232, active 14602-10 Power supply 12V / 2A 12151-99 Software Cobra3 Chem-Unit 14520-61

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

2 LED displays, 4-digit , height 20 mm Plotter output Differential temperature measurement Calibration function (set 0.00) Automatic comparison of sensor differentials (adjust) Can be switched between °C and K display modes

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Meauring range: -50...+300°C Resolution: 0.1°C/( 0.01°C if 0.00 set) Pt 100 probes Connectors: 4 diode plugs, 5-pin Dimensions: 270 x 236 x 168 mm RS 232 C, 9600 baud

Temperature meter digital, 4-2 13617-90 Softw. temperature meter 4-2 14405-61 Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00

Temperature immersion probe Pt100, stainless steel -20...+300°C Function and Applications Temperature probes Pt100 for temperature measuring device 4-2 (13617-93) in protective conduit of stainless steel and Teflon, or in movable gilded silver lamina in bent stainless steel tubing (11759-02). Precision of the absolute temperature: 0.1 K at 0°C to 0.2 K at 100°C. Connection cable with four isolated copper lines for the impedance measurement according to four-conductor method, 5-pole diode insert.

Temp. probe, immersion type, Pt100, stainless steel, -20...+300°C 11759-01 Surface temperature probe PT100, -20...+300°C 11759-02 Temp.probe, imm., PT100, -20...+300°C, teflon 11759-04

Digital thermometer, NiCr-Ni, -50...+1300°C

Temperature meter digital, 4-2

07050-00

Digital Thermometer, 2 x NiCr-Ni 07050-01

Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed

Function and Applications The equipment is suitable for the simultaneous measurement of up to 4 temperatures. Benefits The device has the following advantages in particular:

Function and Applications Thermocouple with standard type-K 2-pin flat plug which makes no contribution to the thermovoltage.

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 977

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.7 Temperature measuring instruments, thermometers

Benefits ▪

Suitable for use with a digital thermometer, hand-held temperature meter, or any interfaces using type-K connectors (e.g. Cobra 4 Thermodynamics or NiCr-Ni thermocouple sensor units)

Other measurements: up to 400°C, Delay: < 10 s, Length: 70 cm approx. 07019-01

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Magnesium oxide powder insulation Stainless steel sheath Response time: <1 s Cable: 1 m

Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05

Meter, 10/30 mV, 200 deg.C

Accessories temperature measuring

Protective sleeves f.temp.probe,2 11762-05 Holder for thermometer/tube, 3 pieces 38002-01 Glass tube holder with tape measure clamp 05961-00 Heat conductive paste,50 g 03747-00 Heat sensitive paper 04260-00

Laboratory thermometer

Function and Applications Enclosed-scale thermometer with blue or red filling; scale support in frosted glass, fixing of the weighing scale support above with melted glass pin; button or ring for support; in protective sleeve. Depth of immersion = 50 mm.

Function and Applications Meter for measurements with thermocouples. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Meter 10/30 mV moving coil instrument for temperature determination with diff. thermocouples to 1700 °C class 1.5 input resitance 50/100 Ohm mV-scale and temperature scale for Fe/Cu-Ni-thermocouple

Thermometer -10...+30 C 05949-00 Thermometer -10...+50 C 38034-00 Lab thermometer,-10..+50C 38055-00 Lab thermometer,-10..+100C 38056-00 Lab thermometer,w.stem,+15..+40C 38057-00 Lab thermometer,-10..+150C 38058-00 Lab thermometer,-10..+250C 38065-00

07019-00

Laboratory thermometer with immersion shaft Thermocouple Fe-CuNi 2,2 Ohm Function and Applications Equipment and technical data Thermocouple leads individually spun with glass fibre and woven together with glass fibre, Measuring probes point/welded and insulated, Two 4-mm plugs, Temperature range: Measurement at a specific point (one probe only): up to 700°C

excellence in science 978

Implementation as laboratory thermometer, with blue filling, depth of immersion = 160 mm, in protective sleeve. Lab thermometer,w.stem,+15..+40C 38059-00

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.7 Temperature measuring instruments, thermometers

Lab thermometer,w.stem,-10..+110C 38060-00 Lab thermometer,w.stem,-10..+250C 38061-01

Student thermometer

Function and applications Enclosed-scale thermometer with red toluene filling. Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪

Normal glass 16/III Measuring range: -100...+30 °C Can be calibrated

38151-00 Function and Applications Enclosed-scale thermometer with red filling; scale support in pasteboard; ring for support; in protective sleeve. Diameter 8 mm. Depth of immersion = length of the immersion shaft (rejuvenation of the glass tube). Students thermometer,-10...+110°C, l = 180 mm 38005-02 Students thermometer, -10...+110°C, l = 230 mm 38005-10

All-use thermometer 1°C subdivision (without Hg filling) Function and Applications Mercury-free, upright thermometer. Complete-immersion adjusted enclosed-scale thermometer with red or blue filling. Prismatic capillary tube, free, with protective sleeve. Lab thermom. -50...+50°C,w/o Hg 47038-00 Lab thermom. -10...+50°C,w/o Hg 47039-00 Lab thermom.-10...+100°C,w/o Hg 47040-00 Lab thermom.-10...+150°C,w/o Hg 47041-00 Lab thermom.-10...+200°C,w/o Hg 47042-00 Lab thermom.-10...+250°C,w/o Hg 47043-00

Lab thermometer, with stem, -10..+360°C, d = 6 mm Thermometer with a green ecologicallysafe (mercury-free) filling:* measuring range: -10...+360°C* division: 2°C* depth of immersion: 76 mm* diameter: 6 mm* length: 300 mm,* white background with a black skale* holding ring* delivery takes place inprotection-tube out of plastic 38069-00

All-use thermometer with Hg Function and Applications Mercury-content enclosed-scale thermometer, for daily laboratory use. Complete-immersion adjusted, prismatic capillary tube , free, with protective sleeve. Chemical thermometer,-10...+360 C 38008-00 Lab therm.-10...+200°C, grad.1° 47047-00

Precision thermometer with Hg, division <1°C Function and Applications Mercury-content precision thermometers with high resolution, calibratable, complete-immersion adjusted. For improved readability, blue-illuminated, prismatic measuring capillary tube, including protective sleeve. Thermometer, -10...+360 C 38029-00 Thermometer, -10...+ 50 C 38033-00

Laboratory straight enclosed-scale thermometer

Function and Applications Enclosed-scale thermometer with blue filling, measuring capillary tube prismatic, yellow background, scale support in frosted glass, in protective sleeve; upper diameter: approx. 17 mm; upright diameter: approx. 8 mm; depth of immersion = upright length. Lab thermometer,stem,-35..+50C 38062-00 Lab thermometer,stem,0..+100C 38063-00 Lab thermometer,stem,0..+250C 38064-00

Thermometer,-100....+30 C Clinical thermometer,+35...+42 C

Function and applications

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 979

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.7 Temperature measuring instruments, thermometers

Clinical thermometer for measuring maximum temperature, calibrated and mercury-free. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: +35...+42 °C Precision: +/- 0.1°C Complete with protective case

Function and applications The thermometer can be used to measure soil temperature simply by inserting it into the soil using the handles. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

04165-00

Clinical thermometer, digital

Temperature sensor made of normal glass in sturdy metal frame with a piercing tip, scale backing made of frosted glass Measuring range: -38°C ... +50°C Scale divisions: 1°C Penetration depth: up to 300 mm

64219-00

Non-graduated thermometer for thermal expansion Function and applications Calibrated electronic thermometer with digital display and alarm when final temperature reading is attained. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -32...+42°C Precision: 0.1°C Automatic cut-off: after 10 mins.

04166-00

Demonstration thermometer

Function and applications Demonstration thermometer with coloured filling. Advantages Thanks to its coloured scale, which can be seen well from a distance, this thermometer is well suited for use in demonstration experiments Equipment and technical data Measuring range: -60...+160°C, Scale divisions: 1°C, Total length: 500 mm.

This non-graduated thermometer is used for the preparation of the temperature scale through marking of the 2 fundamental points, melting point of ice 0°C and boiling point of water 100°C at an ambient pressure of 1013 hPa. Agitation thermometer, non-graduated With red alcohol filling, round capillary tube, white background, in glass rod, length 240 mm, diameter 8 mm. Non-graduated thermometer Thermometer with blue alcohol filling, prismatic capillary tube, attached on metal plate 330 mm x 35 mm. Demonstration thermometer, non-graduated With blue-colored alcohol filling which is readable from a distance, round capillary tube, attached on angled Al profile section so that the capillary is protected against mechanical damage to a large extent, Al profile section with bore and support bracket, 700 x 80 x 1.5 mm.

Stirring thermometer non-graduat. 38003-00 Thermometer, non-graduated 04256-00 Thermometer, ungraduated 04136-00

04135-00

Soil thermometer

excellence in science 980

Function and Applications

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.8 pH and conductivity measuring instruments

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Chemistry, pH and 2 x Temperature NiCr-Ni

pH-electrode, plastic body, gel, BNC 46265-15 pH-electrode, plastic, refill., BNC 46266-15 pH-electrode, glass, refill., BNC 46268-10 Redox electrode, BNC 46267-10

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit pH, BNC connector

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit pH and 2 x temperature NiCr-Ni is a measuring recorder for pH, potential and temperature measurements, which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits: ▪ ▪

It can be fitted with two NiCr-Ni thermoelements (type K) and a pH probe or Redox measuring chain, in order to measure up to two temperatures and one pH or potential value simultaneously. The unit can be connected to the Cobra4Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Equipment and technical data: Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -200..+1200 °C Resolution: 0.1 K Measuring accuracy: equal to the accuracy of the gauges used Measuring range: 0...14 Resolution 0.01K Measuring accuracy: ± 0,5%

Potential: ▪ ▪ ▪

The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit pH, BNC connection is a measuring recorder for pH and potential measurements, which is controlled by microcontroller. Benefits: ▪ ▪

pH: ▪ ▪ ▪

Function and Applications

Measuring range -2000..+2000 mV Resolution: 0.1 mV Measuring accuracy: ± 0.5%

It canbe fitted with a pH probe or Redoxmeasuring chain, in order to measure pH or potential values. The unit can be connected to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Equipment and technicla data: pH: ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0...14pH Resolution: 0.01K Measuring accuracy: ± 0.5%

Potential: ▪ ▪ ▪

Data flow rate: 5 Hz Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm Weight: 95 g

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Chemistry, pH and 2 x Temperature NiCr-Ni 12630-00 Cobra4 Mobile-Link set, incl. rechargeable batteries, SD memory card, USB cable and software "measure" 12620-55 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04

▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: -2000...+2000 mV Resolution: 0.1 mV Measuring accuracy: ± 0.5%

Data flow rate: 5 Hz, Dimensions: approx. 62 mm x 63 mm, Weight: 70 g Cobra4 Sensor-Unit pH, BNC connector 12631-00 pH-electrode, plastic body, gel, BNC 46265-15 pH-electrode, plastic, refill., BNC 46266-15 pH-electrode, glass, refill., BNC 46268-10 Redox electrode, BNC 46267-10

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 981

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.8 pH and conductivity measuring instruments

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity+, Conductivity/ Temperature (Pt1000)

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity, with stainless steel electrodes

Function and Applications

The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity /Temperature (Pt1000) is a measuring recorder for conductance measuring sensors with a cell constant of K = 1.00/cm and which is controlled by micro-controller.

The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity/Temperature with stainless steel electrodes can be connected directly to the Cobra4 Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Benefits: The Cobra4 sensor may be connected directly to the Cobra4 WirelessLink, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4USB-Link using a secure and reliable plug-in / lockable connection.

Benefits

Equipment and technical data:

Equipment and technical data

Conductivity:

▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range 1: 0.0 .. approx. 2,500.0 µS/cm, Measuring accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±0.15 µS/cm Measuring range 2: 0 .. approx. 45,000 µS/cm, Measuring accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±3 µS/cm Measuring range 3: 0.00 .. approx. 1,100 mS/cm, Measuring accuracy: 4% of the measuring value ±0.05 mS/cm

Temperature: Measuring accuracy:-20.0°C..150.0°C, Resolution: 0.1 K, Measuring accuracy: ±0.5K (in the range 0..100°C) Measuring cycle: 0.8...2s (adjusted automatically), Dimensions approx. 62 mm x 63 mm Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Conductivity+, Conductivity/ Temperature (Pt1000) 12632-00 Conductivity temperature probe Pt1000 13701-01 Temp. probe, imm. type, Pt1000, Cobra3 12123-00

▪

▪ ▪ ▪

Particularly good application for school and outdoor experimentation, as the measuring gauge is already firmly connected.

Measuring range: 0.2 µS/cm...200 mS/cm Measuring accuracy: 6% of the measuringvalue ± 0,2µS/cm Resolution: 0.1 µS/cm, 1 µS/cm, 10µS/cm, 100 µS/cm

Temperature: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

12633-00

Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT, USB

Function and Applications Computer interface for measurement and control in naturalscience education (physics, chemistry and biology).

excellence in science 982

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.8 pH and conductivity measuring instruments

Benefits ▪ ▪

Operation either with PC (USB port) or with special operation unit (COM-Unit). Upgrade for measurement of non-electrical quantities by use of plug-in modules.

Equipment and technical data 3 analog input channels: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Module port: ± 10 V Connection type: 25-pole Sub-D Sensor port 1: ± 30/10 V Connection type: 4 mm socket 9-pole Sub-D Input: grounded Input resistance: 500 kOhm Sensor port 2:± 30/10/3/1/0.3/0.1 V Connection type: 4 mm sockets 9-pole Sub-D Difference potential input:Input resistance: 1 MOhm

For all analog inputs: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Maximum sampling rate: 500 kHz Online sampling rate: 5 kHz Burst-mode: 5 Hz...500 kHz Resolution: 12 bit Voltage protection: 230 V AC Trigger: adjustable

Timer/Counter 1: ▪ ▪ ▪

Number of counts: 32 bit Resolution: 800 ns Connection type: 4 mm sockets

Timer/Counter 2: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Number of counts: 40 bit Resolution: 200 ns Connection type: 4 mm sockets Analog control output: ± 10 V Resolution: 12 bit Connection type: 9-pole Sub-D

General data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Supply voltage: 12 V DC/6 W Interface: USB Data transfer rate: 115200 bit/s Memory: 12000 values Dimensions (mm): 190 x 135 x 90 Fail-safe plastic housing with support feet, several fixation possibilities and lateral docking option for further units.

Includes accessories: ▪

USB Cable

Required accessoires: ▪

Cobra3 power supply 12150.99

Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT, USB 12150-50 Power supply 12V / 2A 12151-99 Measuring module pH/potential 12101-00 pH-electrode, polythene sheathed 18450-00 pH-electrode, shock resistant 18452-00 Reference electrode, AgCl 18475-00 Platin.electrode in prot.tube,8mm 45206-00

Software Cobra3 Universal recorder 14504-61 Measuring module Conductivity 12108-00 Conductivity probe K1 18151-02 Software Cobra3 Conductivity 14508-61 Cobra3, sensor -20..110 C 12120-00 Cobra3 Chem-Unit 12153-00 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04 pH-electrode, plastic body, gel, BNC 46265-15 pH-electrode, plastic, refill., BNC 46266-15 pH-electrode, glass, refill., BNC 46268-10 Redox electrode, BNC 46267-10 Temp. probe Pt-1000, 10m cable 07139-01 Temp. probe, imm. type, Pt1000, Cobra3 12123-00 Temperature probe Pt-1000 13702-01 Conductivity temperature probe Pt1000 13701-01 Conductivity probe K1 18151-02 ADAPTER COND.4MM SOCKET/DIN PLUG 13701-02 Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00 Converter USB - RS232, active 14602-10 Power supply 12V / 2A 12151-99 Software Cobra3 Chem-Unit 14520-61

Demomultimeter, p, pH, T, U, I, R, f, RS232, 230 V

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 983

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.8 pH and conductivity measuring instruments

Funktion und Verwendung

Digital pH-meter

Modern multi-purpose device for measuring of voltage, current, resistance, frequency, temperature, pressure and pH Benefits: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

45 mm LED-display LED-matrix for display of the units serial port for connecting PC Auto-range function

Equipment and technical data: Voltage: ▪ ▪

4 ranges 0mV - 500V ACDC Resolution: 0.1mV/10mV/100mV/1V

Current: ▪ ▪

3 ranges 0mA - 10A Resolution: 0.1mA/10mA/100mA

Resistance: ▪ ▪

Function and Applications

5 ranges 0Ohm - 10MOhm Resolution (Ohm): 1/10/100/1000/100.000

Frequency: ▪ ▪

4 ranges1Hz - 100kHz Resolution: 1Hz/10Hz/100Hz

Temperature: ▪ ▪

2 ranges 200°C - 1370°C Resolution: 0.1°C/1°C 1 range : 0 - 14pH Resolution: 0.01

▪

2 ranges 0 - 7000hPa Resolution: 0.1hPa/1hPa

Dimensions (mm): 288x165x235 Demomultimeter p, pH, T, U, I, R; RS 232, 230 V 13721-93 pH-electrode, plastic body, gel, BNC 46265-15 pH-electrode,plastic body,gel,BNC 46266-10 pH-electrode, glass, refill., BNC 46268-10 pH-electrode, plastic, refill., BNC 46266-15 Pressure sensor, absolute press. 07136-01 Pressure sensor 2, 500-7000 hPa 07136-02 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, -50...500°C 13615-02 Thermocouple NiCr-Ni, sheathed 13615-01 Immersion probe NiCr-Ni, steel, -50...400°C 13615-03 Immers. probe NiCr-Ni, teflon, 200°C 13615-05 Surface probe NiCr-Ni 13615-04 Data cable, plug/ socket, 9 pole 14602-00 Software Demomultimeter 14409-61

excellence in science 984

▪ ▪ ▪

▪

pH- Pressure: ▪ ▪

Benefits

▪

pH- Resolution: ▪ ▪

with clear, easy to operate and splashproof film keyboard; for demonstration classes and practicals. Due to the installed RS-232 interface and the available software, it is possible to transfer data to the computer for storage and analysis.

▪ ▪

demonstrative 4-digit display with a character-height of 20 mm automatic display of the units belonging to the measured values manual, or for connected Pt-1000temperature probe, automatic temperature compensation of the measured values to calibrate the pH-probe, free selection of the buffer solutions (anypH-value) 20 storage spaces for measured data;remain stored even after the measuringdevice has been switched off storage of the pH-probe calibration retained even after the device has been switched off, analogue for pX-probes with the appropriate probes, enablesion selective measurements (pX), e.g.X=Cl- ; NO3- ; Na+- due to high input resistance, ideally used as an mV-meter for the measurement of electronic potentials Display of the electrode steepness modern plastic casing, impactproof,easily serviced, light and stackable,with handle for carrying that can belowered into the case afterwards and feet for working position

Equipment and technical data pH ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0 - 14 pH Accuracy: 0.01 pH Resolution: 0.01 pH

pX ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0 - 14 pX Accuracy: 0.01 pX Resolution: 0.01 pX VoltageMeasuring range: -2000 - +2000 mV Accuracy: 0.1% Resolution: 1 mV

Temperature ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range: 0 - 100°C Accuracy: 0.5°C Resolution: 0.1°C Mains supply: 230 V / 50-60 Hz

Dimensions (mm): 230 x 236 x 168 Digital pH-meter 13702-93 Temperature probe Pt-1000 13702-01

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.8 pH and conductivity measuring instruments

pH-electrode, shock resistant 18452-00 pH-electrode, polythene sheathed 18450-00 pH electrode, f.surface measurem. 18453-00 pH electrode, sterilisable 18456-00 Software pH meter DEMO 14408-61 PC-CABLE 25P.PLUG-25/9P.SOCKET 14601-00

Digital conductivity meter

Software Conductivity Meter Demo 14400-61 PC-CABLE 25P.PLUG-25/9P.SOCKET 14601-00 Stand.solu.1413 Stand.solu.1413æS/cm(25 S/cm(25øC), C), 460ml 47070-02

pH-elektrodes with DIN plug pH-electrode, polythene sheathed 18450-00 pH-electrode, shock resistant 18452-00 pH electrode, f.surface measurem. 18453-00 pH electrode, sterilisable 18456-00

pH-elektrodes with BNC plug

Function and Application For measurement of conductivity, specific resistance, concentration and temperature Benefits: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

The clearly arranged keyboard allows easy operation of the instrument, which is distinguished by not only being capable of displaying conductivity, but also derived quantities. Cell connection via a 5 pin diode socket The following quantities are displayed: conductivity, specific resistance, concentration, temperature 4 digit demonstrative display, height of digits 20 mm Automatic temperature compensation Standard value of cell constants manually changeable or automatic calibration with standard calibration solution RS 232 interface and software for data transfer to a computer for storage Automatic selection of measuring range and display of the units: µS/cm or mS/cm, Ωcm or kΩcm, mg/l or g/l, °C.

pH-electrode, plastic body, gel, BNC 46265-15 pH-electrode,plastic body,gel,BNC 46266-10 pH-electrode, plastic, refill., BNC 46266-15 pH-electrode, glass, refill., BNC 46268-10 Potassium chloride,sol. 3M 100ml 48203-10

Redox electrode, BNC

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Conductivity measuring range: 0.001 µS...200 mS Concentration measuring range: 1 μg/l...1 kg/l Specific resistance measuring range: 1 mΩcm...1 MΩcm Temperature measuring range: -30...+100°C Interface RS232 Mains supply 230 V/ 50...60 Hz.

Digital conductivity meter 13701-93 Conductivity temperature probe Pt1000 13701-01 ADAPTER COND.4MM SOCKET/DIN PLUG 13701-02 Data cable RS 232, SUB-D/USB 07157-01 Conductivity probe K1 18151-02

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 985

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.8 pH and conductivity measuring instruments

Function and Applications

Reference electrode, AgCl

For measuring of electrochemical potentials with plastic shaft and BNC plug. Benefits ▪ ▪

low- maintenance because of gel electrolyte. robust design

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

electrode with plastic shaft and a platinum rod measurement chain made of platinum electrode and Ag / AgCl reference electrode temperature range: 0 ... +80 ° C dimensions of the shaft (mm): 120 x 12 cable length: 1m

Function and applications Recommended accessories for the measurement of electrochemical potentials in pH/potential measurements.

46267-10

Benefits

Platin.electrodes

Equipped with refillable Ag/AgCl electrolyte, Suitable for use in conjunction with measuring electrodes (e.g. 45206-00) for pH, redox potential and ion-selective measurements Equipment and technical data Electrode with glass shaft and ceramic diaphragm, Shaft diameter: 12 mm, Shaft length: 120 mm, Temperature range: -5 ... +80°C, Cable length: 1 m

Function and Applications

18475-00

Special electrodes with 4mm plug. Equipment and technical data Platinum electrode in protective tube, d=8mm Platin.electrode in prot.tube,8mm 45206-00 Electrode platinum,short 45207-00

Antimony electrode

Function and Application Measuring electrode from antimony;together with a silver chloride reference electrode for measuring of pH values in the range from pH 2.0 to pH 9.5 Equipment and technical data: diameter: 10 mm, lenght: 120 mm, fixed cable of 1 m lenght with a 4 mm plug 18477-01

excellence in science 986

Storage of pH electrodes Storage flask for pH electrodes,filled with 250 ml 3.0 M KCl solution 18481-20 Protection sleeve for electrode with a diameter of 12 mm 37651-15

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.9 Oxygen, lux and pressure measuring instruments

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics, pressure abs. 2 bar and 2 temperature NiCr-Ni

Plug-in module for measuring the illuminance. Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪

Measuring range selectable with the aid of the software. Measuring Range, resolution: 300 Lx 0.15 Lx; 3 kLx1.5 Lx; 30 kLx 15 Lx; 300 kLx 150 Lx

Measuring module lux 12107-00 Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT, USB 12150-50

Luxmeter, digital display 47672-01

Cobra3 pressure sensors

Function and Applications The Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics is a measuring recorder for pressure and temperature measurements, which is controlled by micro-controller. Benefits It canbe fitted with two NiCr-Nithermoelements (type K), in order to measure up to two temperatures and one absolut pressure value simultaneously. The unit can be connected to the Cobra4Wireless-Link, the Cobra4 Mobile-Link or the Cobra4 USB-Link using a secure and reliable plugin / lockable connection.

Benefits ▪

Cobra4 Sensor-Unit Thermodynamics, pressure abs. 2 bar and 2 temperature NiCr-Ni 12638-00 Cobra4 Mobile-Link set, incl. rechargeable batteries, SD memory card, USB cable and software "measure" 12620-55

Measuring module lux

▪

With hose connector and hose section for connecting the module to any type of peripheral equipment. Including data cable for Cobra3 sensors.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Cobra3 press. sensor 2.0 bar abs. 12128-00 Cobra3 press. sensor 2.0 bar diff. 12129-00 Cobra3 press. sensor 80 mbar diff. 12130-00 Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT, USB 12150-50 Software Cobra3, Pressure 14510-61

Lux meter, hand-held, RS232 interface, data logger Function and Applications For determining light intensities of up to 300 klx in air and water bodies. Benefits ▪ ▪

2 four-digit LCD Display with 15 or 7.5 mm digit height Analog bar display with good resolution (2% of measuring range)

Function and Applications

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 987

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.9 Oxygen, lux and pressure measuring instruments

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

RS232 interface to transmit the measurements to a computer or on a large display built-in data logger for storing max.250 measurements Representation of the minima, maxima and averages of a series of measurements Battery, accu or external power supply automatic shut-down water protected keyboard Calibration manually or automatically

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

4 measuring ranges 0,001 Lx-300 kLx resolution 0,1/1/10/100 Lx Accuracy 3/3/3/5 % 5pole probe connector jack Data interface type RS 232 (serial) Baudrate 9600 bit / s USB port connector

Softw. Luxmeter, hand-held 14417-61 Lux meter, hand-held 07137-00 Luxmeter probe 12107-01 Lux immersion probe, 10m cable 07137-01

excellence in science 988

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.10 Radioactivity, sound level and gas measuring instruments

Geiger-Müller-Counter

▪ ▪

Counter tube voltage: 500 V ± 5% Max. pulse frequency: 400,000 pulses per min

Counter tube module 12106-00 Cobra3 BASIC-UNIT, USB 12150-50

Gas detector for the quantitative determination of gas Function and Applications Function and Applications

For the determination of gaseous air pollution

Demonstration and student use unit in connection with Geiger Müller counting tubes for experiments on radioactivity.

Benefits

Equipment and technical data: ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

4-digit LED display, 20mm high. 4 standard measurement times 1/10/60/100 s Automatic measurement sequence with memory 10 s Freely selectable measuring time BNC-socket for counting tube 500V 4-mm-bushes for event counting with TTL signals Mains 100-230 V/50-60 Hz Shock proof casing with carrying handle Dimensions 190 x 140 x 130 mm

13606-99

Accessories for the measurement of radioactivity

Bellows pumps to be operated by hand for the suctioning of defined air quantities. With different test-tubes, gaseous air pollution can be determined quantitatively and qualitatively. Equipment and technical data Suction volume: 100 ml/stroke, automatic stroke counter to avoid faulty measurements, optical display signals that the necessary test air has been suctioned. Gas tester I, quantitat.analysis 64199-02 Accessory set for Gas Tester 64199-06

Oxygenmeter, hand-held Function and Applications

Counter tube, GM, 45 mm 09007-00 Counter tube, type B 09005-00 Counter tube, type A, BNC 09025-11 Screened cable, BNC, l 750 mm 07542-11

Counter tube module

For measurement of oxygen concentration or saturation of temperature and of atmospheric pressure. Benefits ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

2 four-digit LCD Display with 15 or 7.5 mm digit height Analog bar display with good resolution (2% of measuring range) RS232 interface to transmit the measurements to a computer or on a large display built-in data logger for storing max.250 measurements Representation of the minima, maxima and averages of a series of measurements Battery, accu or external power supply automatic shut-down water protected keyboard Automatic air pressure and temperature correction Manual salinity correction

Equipment and technical data Oxygen ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring ranges: Concentration 0,0...20,0 mg O2/l Saturation 0-120% Accuracy 1,5% of meas. value Salinity correct. 0...70 salinity Connection 5 pin diode socket

Temperature Function and Applications Plug-in module for measuring radioactive radiation with the aid of a Geiger Müller counter tube. Benefits ▪

The module also supplies the counter tube with the necessary supply voltage.

Equipment and technical data

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range 0...+45C Resolution 0.1C Accuracy +-( 0.1C + 1Digit) Type of probe Pt 1000

Atmospheric pressure ▪

Measuring range 500...1100 hPa (mbar)

Accessories

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 989

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.10 Radioactivity, sound level and gas measuring instruments

12105-01 Oxygen/Temperature probe Oxygenmeter, hand-held 07135-00 Oxygen/Temperature probe 12105-01 Softw. Oxygenmeter, hand-held 14415-61

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Speed measurement 6. .. 99,999 RPM, 1 RPM resolution Pulse counting 0. .. 999,999 Imp Pulse rate measurement 0.0 ... 99,999.9 I / s Mains supply: Mains voltage 110 .. 240 V, 50/60 Hz, 20 VA Housing dimensions (W, H, D) 370 x 168 x 236 (mm) Mass of 2.9 kilograms

13601-99

Geiger-Müller-Counter Gamma-Scout®

Universal Counter

13608-00

Sound level indicator 40-120dB Function and Applications Sound level indicator Equipment and technical data

Function and Applications The universal counter is used for measuring time, frequency, pulse rates, pulse counting, periodic times, speeds and velocities. Benefits ▪

▪ ▪ ▪

▪ ▪

The device has all the qualities that are expected of a modern universal counter and is also equipped with a number of technical specifics of how it specifically arise from the requirements of science teaching practice. For the scientifically correct representation of each measurement is shown in principle with the associated unit. With the overflow of the display is automatically switched into the next area. Before the measurement starts it can be manually adjusted to a maximum of 6 decades defined range, eg to suppress is not physically meaningful digits on the display. A special jack for direct connection of a GM counter tube is available for radioactivity experiments. The required voltage can be changed manually to determine the characteristics of a counter tubes to. The stopwatch function can be entered by means of electrical contacts, sensors, or manually in the various types of triggers for the precise starting and stopping for time measurement. The measured values are represented by six red 20mm highcontrast 7-segment displays. An additional three-digit display is used to display the unit (ms, s, Hz, kHz, MHz, I / s, RPM, Imp, V, m / s). The various operating states are indicated by LEDs. Range switching in all modes manually (before measurement) and automatically when an overflow.

Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Operating temperature range 5th .. 40 ° C Relative humidity <80% Digital display: Measurement reading LED 6-digit, 7-segment, 20 mm Units LED 3-digit, 5x7 dot matrix Units ms, s, Hz, kHz, MHz, I / s, RPM, Imp, V, m / s Signal Input: Signal bandwidth 0.1 Hz .. 10 MHz Counter Tube Input voltage 150 V. .. 660 V (factory setting: 500V) with manual adjustment Photoelectric output for power supply of 5 V sat. max 1 A Stopwatch 0.000 ... 99,999.9 s, resolution 1 ms Timer 0.000 ms ... 3999.99 s, resolution1µs Velocity 0.000 m/s...9999.9 m / s, resolution 0.001 m / s Period measurement 0.000 ms ... 99.9999 s, resolution 1µs Frequency measurement 0.00 Hz .. 9.99999 MHz, resolution 10 mHz

excellence in science 990

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Measuring range 54-126 dB Number Ranges 7 Resolution 2 dB Analogue output 0.7 Vrms / rms Frequency range 300 Hz-8 kHz Power supply 9-volt battery Dimensions 180x68x36 mm Weight 160 g

65969-00

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.11 Photometers, spectroscopes, polarimeters, refractometers

Spectrophotometer 190-1100 nm

Benefits The display shows the wavelength, the degree of absorption and transmission or the concentration respectively , it has RS232 resp. USB interfaces for connecting to a computer. Equipment and technical data Light source: Tungsten, Wavelength range: 335 ... 1000 nm, Wavelength precision: ± 2 nm, Wavelength repeatibility: ± 1 nm, Spectral bandwidth: 10 nm, Cuvette holder: for square cuvettes with external dimensions 12 mm x 12 mm, External dimensions (mm): 385 x 310 x190, Mains connection: 230 V, 50 Hz, Included: Two square cuvettes (glass), Data cable for connecting to PC, Two spare fuces (1 A)

Function and Applications Spectrophotometer 190-1100 nm Benefits The UV-VIS spectral photometer is characterised by its compact design and due to its wide range of possible uses, operation is via a clearly set out overlay keyboard on the screen dialogue, current wavelengths and measured values can be displayed in large format, alternatively, all measured values can also be presented graphically or in table format on the LCD screen with background lighting, strong light, high performance optics enable absorption and transmission measurements to be taken in the whole wavelength range of 200 to 1100 nm with automatic switching between the twolight sources , a high speed scanner minimises the susceptibility to errors during a wavelength changeover and thusenables very precise measurement, storage of measurement parameters, data, calibration curves, spectra, etc, spectral scanning of samples with freely selectable wavelength range, automatic baseline correction and band/ trough identification, production of a calibration curve withup to 10 concentration standards, details of the straight line formula, automatic correction against the zerosolution, the device can be connected to aprinter or computer with a serial port via an installed Centronix or RS232interface. Equipment and technical data Light sources: 1 Halogen lamp1 Deuterium lamp, Wavelength range: 190-1100 nm, Wavelength accuracy: ± 1 nm, Wavelength repeatability: ± 0.3 nm, Spectral bandwidth: 5 nm, Photometric range: - 0.3 to 3 Abs 0.0 to 200% Transmittance, Long-term stability: ± 0.005 Abs/h, Cuvette holder: for square cuvettes with external dimensions 12 mm × 12 mm, Outputs: serial RS232C, parallel Centronix, Dimensions (WxDxH): 420 x 380 x 275 mm, Mains: 230 V~ 35655-93

Software f. UV-Spectrophotometer 35655-01

Spectrophotometer, SPEC 5000, 335-1000 nm

35667-93

Compact photometer PF12

For evaluation of colorimetric tests on extinction measurement using a factor or value diagram; direct display of concentration Six-language user guidance via LEDdisplay , Data interface RS 232With rechargeable batteries for fielduse , The handy filter photometer fills thegap between colorimetric evaluations and laboratory analyses. The detailed manual provides information about the chemical and ecological significance of the individual parameters, explains statutory limiting values for drinking water, treated sewer sludge, waste water, etc. Extent of delivery: Filter photometer , Stabile case , 4 NC batteries including battery charger , 2 Round cuvettes , Plastic funnels Manual- Technical data: Digital display , LCD 9x56 mm, 8-digits , Light source: Tungsten bulb , Filter: Filter wheel with 6 coloured glass filters: 365 nm / 405 nm / 470nm / 520 nm / 605 nm / 720 nm , Round cuvettes with screw fitting; External diameter: 16 mm- Energy supply: 5-6 V, 4 NC batteries with battery charger; sufficient for approx. 1500 measurements , Data interface: RS 232, Languages: D, E, F, S, I, NL; is setin the works , Dimensions: length: 195 mm, width:100 mm height: 40 mm , Weight: approx. 0.52 kg incl. batteries 35608-00

Function and Applications The spectrophotometer is an easy to use device for measurement of the degree of absorption or transmission of liquid samples in the visible range (335...1000nm).

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG · www.phywe.com 991

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.11 Photometers, spectroscopes, polarimeters, refractometers

Pocket spectroscope 1

Spectrometer/goniom. w. vernier

Function and applications Function and Apllications Simple spectroscope with fixed slit width without wavelength scale. Equipment and technical data: Slit width: 0.02 mm, Length: 92 mm, Focal length of the objective: 40 mm, External diameter: 18 mm, Incl. case.

Spectrometer/ goniometer with double vernier. Equipment and technical data With magnifying glasses , 60° glass prism, Illumination device and telescope 35635-02

35580-00

Half-shade polarimeter, 230 V AC Pocket spectroscope 4

Function and Applications Function and Applications

Half-shade polarimeter..

Spectroscope with variable slit widt hand superimposed wavelength scale.

Equipment and technical data

Equipment and technical data Slit width: 0...0.8 mm, Focal length of objective: 40 mm, Wavelength scale: 400...750 nm, Divisions: 10 nm, Dimensions (mm): 55 x 110 x 23, Incl. case. 35585-00

Spectroscope,Kirch.-Bunsen type

Function and applications For qualitative observation and measurement of emission and absorption spectra. Equipment and technical data Table unit with fixed optical flint prism, Swiveling observation telescope with ocular, Scale tube with 100 division scale, Flint glass prism 60°, height: 20 mm with removable cover , Adjustable stand, Total height: approx. 230 mm 35645-00

excellence in science 992

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Half-shade polarimeter, 230 V AC 35906-93 Polarimeter tube, l=100 mm 35906-02 Polarimeter tube, l=200 mm 35906-03

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.11 Photometers, spectroscopes, polarimeters, refractometers

Abbe refractometer

Function and applications Abbe refractometer for measuring the refraction index of liquids and solids with light of 590nm wavelength (sodium D line) and determining average dispersion nC-nF. The refractive index scale also includes an additional scale indicating sugar content from 0 - 95%. The prism and scales can be illuminated by daylight or by a separate lighting unit. Equipment and technical data: Measurement range: refractive indices 1.3-1.7 , Sugar content scale: 0-95%, corresponding to refractive indices from 1.33 to 1.53, Precision: 0.0003, Prism box with nozzles for connecting thermostats, Protective storage box, Adjustable glass plates, 1 Bottle of immersion liquid (1-bromonaphthalene), Conversion and correction tables, Thermometer, 0-70掳C, with removable protective sleeve 35912-00

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 993

6.5 Measurement instruments 6.5.12 General - measurement instruments

Speed of Light Meter Set

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Number of timers: 4 Measuring range: 0.000...9.999 s or 0000.0000...9999.9999 s Resolution: 1 ms or 0.1 ms Control (start/ stop): By electrical circuits (contact closure / contact opening or level according to TTL norm) Integrated power supplies for lightbarriers 4 × 5 V, 1.5 A Mains supply: 100...240 V~, 50...60 Hz Power requirement: 18 VA Dimensions (mm): 184 × 140 × 130 USB - interface for PC-based experiments

13604-99

App.for determ.of melting point Function and Applications The complete set to measure the light velocity in air, transparent liquids and solids. Equipment and technical data Consists of 1x Light velocity measuring apparatus, 1 x Retroreflector with stem, 1x Power supply 12 V/ 2 A, 1x Slide mount for optical bench, 1x Optical bench, l = 1800 mm, 1 x Holder for speed of light measuring instrument, 1 x Acrylic glass cylinder with a holder, 1 x Tubular cell with a holder Speed of Light Meter Set 11226-88 Speed of Light Meter 11226-00

Timer 4-4 with USB-interface

Made of DURAN® glass, has a GL 18/8 threaded connector for holding a thermometer and two inclined side tubes for insertion of melting point tubes.Height: 160 mm 35910-15

Melting point determination tubes, 100 pcs. 39052-00

Lab thermometer,stem,0..+250C 38064-00

Function and applications: Measures up to 4 times simultaneously. Multiple time measuring instrument for a variety of applications in teaching, wherever times are to be accurately measured. The timer unit has four 4 digit displays. The starting and stopping of the four built-in independent timers is actuated by the opening or closing of electrical circuits, or by means of light barriers or other TTL signal sources (e.g. a microphone). Benefits: The 6 different operating modes allow the timer unit to be adjusted to suit almost any experimental requirement. Three different operating modes are suitable for track experiments (distance-time law for four tracks, measurement of speed at four positions, principles of collisions), and in each case all four displays are utilized. Two further operating modes allow, for example, the measurement of the orbiting time of a rotary movement and the direct measurement of the duration of a complete swing of a mechanical pendulum. If required, two of the 4-digit displays can be combined to give an 8-digit display (0000.0000 to 9999.9999). Technical data: ▪ ▪

Four 4-digit LED displays Digit height: 9 mm

excellence in science 994

6 Additional material 6.6 Microscopes

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG 路 www.phywe.com 995

TESS Biology Set 4 Microscopy

TESS Biology manual Microscopy

Function and Applications

Specification

To perform 50 microscopy experiments on:

Experimental literature for TESS Biology 50 experiments with student worksheets and teacher informations.

microscopy basics, work techniques, microscopy reagents, cell components, seed plants, vertibrates, other animals, other plants, fungi, protists, procaryonts Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

50 microscopic slides 50 cover glasses 12 snap-cap vials 10 reagent bottles 10 dropping pipettes with bulbs tweezers dissecting needles, pointed and lancet-shaped scissors scalpelholder 10 scalpel blades 200 sterileblood lancets powder spatula 2 glassrods funnel 3 beakers (100 ml, PP) 3beakers (250 ml, PP) beaker (1000 ml,PP) graduated cylinder (100 ml, PP) graduated pipette (10 ml) bulb pipettor(3 valves) 6 petri dishes (PS) testtube holder magnifying glass 120 labels prepared microscopic slides foam insert wooden box

▪ ▪ ▪

literature: TESS Biology manual Microscopy (13290-02) CD-ROM for TESS Microscopy (13290-12) microscope set of chemicals (13290-10)

13290-88

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

basics of microscopy worktechniques cell components seed plants and ferns vertibrates invertibrates fungi protists prokaryotes

Contents Ring file with 200 pages and CD-ROM ▪ ▪ ▪

with black/white drawings for easy copying teacher's sheets with colored digitalmicroscopy images CD-ROM with master copies of color presentation files (PDF format) for 47 microscopy topics to print transparencies or to show directly via avideo beamer and PDF files of student worksheets andteacher's sheets

13290-02

Chemicals set for TESS Microscopy (for up to 10 workgroups) Function and Applications Chemicals set for TESS Microscopy (for up to 10 workgroups). Equipment and technical data

Required Accessories ▪

Range of topics

incl.

CD-ROM

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Acetic acid 99 %, 250 ml raw alcohol (96% and 70%) isopropanol, absolute, 250 ml rotihistol, 250 ml glycerol, 100 ml Canada balsam (malinol), 50 ml sodium cloride safranine solution 1%, 50 ml Lugol's solution, 100 ml modified azure eosine methylene blue solution (Giemsa), modified, 50 ml neutral red, 5 g carmineacetic acid solution, 50 ml methyl green, 10 g distilled water, 500 ml

13290-10

excellence in science 998

6 Additional material 6.6 Microscopes

Student microscope SFC-100F-LED

adapter plug. Delivered with a focusable macro lens which allows that the camera can be used without a microscope to image any object on the PC monitor. Benefits ▪

▪

With the included image editing software for PC and Macintosh OSX platforms, the images can be measured and analyzed. It also provides a variety of other tools for teachers, students and researchers. Equipped with all necessary accessories that fit cameras on virtually any microscope eyepiece and thus allows you to turn any microscope into a digital microscope.

Equipment and technical data Function and Applications The student microscope model that can not be missing in the basic configuration. Budget models - with the all-metal stands for robust school life very well equipped. High quality DIN objective and precise mechanical components ensure excellent optical properties. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Monocular inclined with prism, rotated by 360° wide-pointer eyepiece: 10x 3-position turret Objective: 4x, 10x, 40x Magnification: 40x, 100x, 400x Condenser n.a. 0.65 with iris diaphragm and filter holder Coarse and fine drives LED lighting installed in the stand with 20 mA, 3.5 V and 70 mW LED Charger Dust cover

Student microscope SFC-100F-LED 62421-93 Spare bulb 230V/20W for SFC-100FL 62417-01 Halogen lamp 12V/10W,spare M100 62170-13 Replacement-LED-Lamp for Motic-Series SFC/F11/18/ 28, 62170-16 Objective 60x,N.A. 0.85, achrom. 62170-08 Objektive 100x,N.A. 1.25 62170-09 Eyepiece, Huygenian 15x,Accessory 62448-00 Micrometer ocular WF 10x/18mm 62170-05 Mechanical stage f.SFC-100 a.F-11 62416-01

CCD cameras

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

CCD camera Moticam 352 for PC, 0.3 megapixels 88037-01 CCD camera Moticam 1000 for PC, 1.3 megapixels 88037-02

Stereo microscope ST-30C-6LED,2x/4x

Function and Applications Stereomicroscope. The ST-30 series is a unique transition to more powerful stereo microscopy. To provide proper optical alignment was a high value, and thereby ensures precision mechanics comfortable long term use. Equipment and technical data ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Function and Applications Digital cameras to be placed on microscope eyepieces of any diameter. The four included eyepiece adapter for eyepieces with a diameter of 28 mm, 30 mm, 34 mm and 35 mm can be adapted to any eyepieces, even if they differ from the mentioned diameter. Nor can you connect the camera to microscopes, which have a photo tube with C-mount

USB-cable with 16 mm CCD Clip 3 lux light sensitivity Ocularadapter for all microscopes (Oculars with 28mm, 30mm, 34mm and 35mm Diameter) Calibration slides Focusing lens for webcam use Macrotubus to view objects without a microscope Software Motic Image Plus 2.0, on Windows and MacOS X running

▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪

Binocular inclined tube Stereohead rotatable through 360° Stable stand with stage plate and 2 stage clips Height-adjustable binocular eyepiece unit Focussing by means of two coaxial focussing knobs with sliding clutch One pair of interchangeable wide-field eyepieces WF10×/20 with eyecups Rotatable nosepiece with 2 aligned pairs of objectives 2×/4× or 1×/3× for rapid magnification change Magnification:20×/40× or 10×/30× 5 LEDs for incident light and 1 LED for transmitted light Rechargeable so it can be used independent from a network Connection voltage 230 V,50...60Hz Complete with dust cover and battery charger

62466-93

6 Additional material 6.6 Microscopes

excellence in science 1000

al Correction: Contrary to our expectations, the procedure for type approval of our X-ray apparatus „PHYWE X-ray XR 4.0 expert unit, Basic set“, carried out by the Bundesamt für Strahlenschutz (BFS) [Federal Office for Radiation Protection], is still not completed. The patent for our S-Lock safety system has been applied for, however, it is still pending. We hereby put right statements that say otherwise on various pages in this catalogue. Furthermore, we clarify that we are considered to be “one” of the world’s leading suppliers of integrated overall solutions for the area of scientific technical training in schools, universities and educational institutions. We correct our statement in this catalogue insofar as being “the” world’s leading supplier. Göttingen, den 15.09.2011 PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG

110610_umschlag_export.indd 4

10.06.11 16:34

Tel. +49 (0) 551 604 - 0 Fax +49 (0) 551 604 - 107

00001-02

info@phywe.com

Copyright by PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG. Subject to change without notice. Errors and omissions excepted. Edition 06/2011

PHYWE Systeme GmbH & Co. KG Robert-Bosch-Breite 10 D-37079 Gรถttingen

In te rn

s n o i t u l o s s Worldclas : n o i t a c u d e r e t t e b r o f m o c . e w y h p . www

excellence in science

110610_umschlag_export.indd 1

10.06.11 16:34

Phy

Chem

Bio

Applied